38B-314 Construction Control Waiver Document for 56 Maple St FlorenceDHCD
FISH#214073PROJECT MANUAL
MODERNIZATION OF STATE AIDED PUBLIC HOUSING
MISCELLANEOUS RENOVATIONS
STATE-AIDED DEVELOPMENTS
Tobin Manor 667-3
Bridge Street 689-1
Jessie’s House 689-2
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
NORTHAMPTON HOUSING AUTHORITY
49 Old South Street
Northampton, MA 01060
Phone: 413.584.4030
FAX: 413.582.1350
PROJECT ADDRESSES:
Tobin Manor 667-3
56 Maple Street, Florence, MA
Bridge Street 689-1
96 Bridge Street, Northampton, MA
Jessie’s House 689-2
143 West Street, Northampton, MA
Joseph DeFazio, Chair
John Andrulis
Lynn Blaisdell
Ronald Hebert
Jeffrey Jones
Jonathan Hite, Executive Director
Architect
Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
17 Hampden Street
Springfield, MA 01103
Telephone 413.733.6798
Fax 413.732.4385
Email kerryd@dietzarch.com
DATE: June 7, 2013
DHCD 9/9/2009 TITLE SHEET 00.01.01
1 OF 1
This page intentionally blank.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Number of Pages
PROCUREMENT DOCUMENTS
00.01.01 Title Sheet for Project Manual ................................................................................................ 1
00.01.25 Table of Contents ................................................................................................................... 2
00.11.25 Advertisement ......................................................................................................................... 1
00.21.25 Instructions to Bidders ............................................................................................................ 3
00.41.25 Form for General Bid .............................................................................................................. 1
00.43.99 Bidder’s Checklist ................................................................................................................... 1
00.45.13 Bidder’s Reference Form ......................................................................................................... 1
CONTRACTING FORMS
00.52.25 Form of Owner/Contractor Agreement ..................................................................................2
00.53.00 Form of Corporate Vote .......................................................................................................... 1
00.61.13 Form of Performance Bond .................................................................................................... 1
00.61.16 Form of Payment Bond .......................................................................................................... 1
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00.72.25 General Conditions of Contract ............................................................................................ 20
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
00.73.36 EEO Requirements ................................................................................................................. 3
00.73.36.01 Form of General Contractor's Equal Employment Certification .............................................................1
00.73.36.04 EEO Weekly Manpower Report Forms ..................................................................................................1
PREVAILING WAGES AND LABOR REGULATIONS
Section 00.73.43 - Prevailing Wages and Labor Regulations ......................................................................1
00.73.36.45 Prevailing Wage Rate Schedule ..........................................................................................................32
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01.11.00 - Summary of Work ......................................................................................................... 3
Section 01.23.00 - Alternates ..................................................................................................................... 1
Section 01.25.10 - OR EQUALS – Product Substitution Procedures ....................................................... 2
Section 01.26.00 - Contract Modification Procedures ............................................................................... 3
01.26.00.01 Sample Change Order Form ............................................................................................. 1
01.26.00.02 Sample Construction Change Directive Form ................................................................... 1
Section 01.29.00 - Payment Procedures ..................................................................................................... 3
01.29.00.01 Sample Application for Payment Cover Sheet - Form ...................................................... 1
01.29.00.02 Sample Application for Payment Continuation Sheet - Form............................................. 1
Section 01.31.00 - Project Management and Coordination ...................................................................... 3
Section 01.33.00 - Submittals – Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples .......................................... 3
Section 01.45.00 - Quality Control ............................................................................................................. 4
Section 01.50.00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls ................................................................................ 7
Section 01.73.29 - Cutting & Patching ......................................................................................................... 4
Section 01.74.13 - Progress Cleaning – Final Cleaning ............................................................................... 3
Section 01.74.19 - Construction and Demolition Waste Management and Disposal ................................ 2
01.74.19.01 Pre-Construction Waste Management Report Form for Mandatory Recycling ................. 1
Section 01.77.00 - Project Close Out Procedures....................................................................................... 3
01.77.00.01 Sample Certificate of Substantial Completion Form ......................................................... 1
01.77.00.02 Sample Certificate of Partial Release of Retainage Form.................................................. 1
01.77.00.03 Sample Certificate of Final Completion Form ..................................................................... 1
Section 01.78.29 - Final Surveys ............................................................................................................... 1
Section 01.78.39 - Project Record Drawings ............................................................................................. 2
DHCD 09/01/2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00.01.25
$25k-$100k 1 OF 2
DHCD 09/01/2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00.01.25
$25k-$100k 2 OF 2
DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
Section 02.41.19 - Selective Demolition ..................................................................................................... 5
DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
Section 06.10.53 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry .................................................................................. 5
Section 06.20.13 - Exterior Finish Carpentry .............................................................................................. 4
Section 06.20.23 - Interior Finish Carpentry ............................................................................................... 5
DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07.21.00 - Thermal Insulation ........................................................................................................ 3
Section 07.62.00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal................................................................................................ 7
Section 07.92.00 - Joint Sealants ................................................................................................................ 6
DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS
Section 08.11.13 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames .................................................................................. 8
Section 08.39.00 - Aluminum Screen Doors ................................................................................................. 4
Section 08.53.13 - Vinyl Windows ............................................................................................................... 8
Section 08.71.00 - Door Hardware ............................................................................................................ 15
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
Section 09.29.00 - Gypsum Board .............................................................................................................. 5
Section 09.65.19 - Resilient Tile Flooring..................................................................................................... 5
Section 09.91.13 - Exterior Painting ............................................................................................................ 6
Section 09.91.23 - Interior Painting .............................................................................................................. 7
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
Section 10.26.00 - Wall and Door Protection ............................................................................................. 3
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
Section 31.10.00 - Site Clearing ................................................................................................................. 4
Section 31.20.00 - Earth Moving ................................................................................................................. 7
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Section 32.13.13 - Concrete Paving ......................................................................................................... 10
Section 32.92.00 - Turf and Grasses............................................................................................................. 6
LIST OF DRAWINGS
G-001 COVER PAGE
A-110 TOBIN MANOR
A-111 BRIDGE STREET
A-112 BRIDGE STREET DETAILS
A-113 JESSIE’S HOUSE KEY PLANS
A-114 JESSIE’S HOUSE DETAILS
25-100
DHCD $25,000 -100,000 ADVERTISEMENT 00.11.25
09/1/2012 1 OF 1
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
The Northampton Housing Authority, the Awarding Authority, invites sealed bids from General
Contractors for the Renovations of Housing for the Northampton Housing Authority in
Northampton, Massachusetts, in accordance with the documents prepared by Dietz & Company
Architects, Inc.
The Project consists of: Miscellaneous renovations to Tobin Manor 667-3, Bridge Street 689-1,
and Jessie’s House 689-2. Work includes window and door replacements, as well as other
miscellaneous repair items.
The work is estimated to cost $ 56,000.
Bids are subject to M.G.L. c.149 §44A-J & to minimum wage rates as required by M.G.L. c.l49 §§26
to 27H inclusive.
General Bids will be received until 2:00 PM EDT, Wednesday, July 3, 2013 and publicly opened,
forthwith.
All Bids should be sent to: Northampton Housing Authority, 49 Old South Street,
Northampton, MA 01060 and be received no later than the date & time specified above.
General bids shall be accompanied by a bid deposit that is not less than five (5%) of the greatest
possible bid amount (considering all alternates), and made payable to the Northampton Housing
Authority.
Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available for pick-up at www.biddocsonline.com (may be
viewed electronically and hard copy requested) beginning Wednesday, June 12, 2013 at noon
or picked up at Nashoba Blue, Inc. at 433 Main Street, Hudson, MA 01749 (978-568-1167). When
on the web site, click on the “Project Listing” button and then search and click on the project name.
Once on the project page, click on the icons in the left toolbar to view the “Drawings” and
“Specifications”.
There is a plan deposit of $50.00 per set (maximum of 2 sets) payable to BidDocs Online, Inc..
Deposits shall be electronic (online) or via certified check payable to BidDocs ONLINE Inc. Checks
are to be mailed to BidDocs ONLINE Inc., P.O. Box 51, Groton, MA 01450. This deposit will be
refunded for up to two sets for GC’s and one set for sub-bidders upon return of the sets in good
condition within 30 days of receipt of general bids. Otherwise the deposit shall be the property of
the Awarding Authority.
Additional sets may be purchased for $ 50.00 each.
Bidders requesting Contract Documents to be mailed to them shall include a separate check for
$40.00 per set for UPS Ground (or $65.00 per set for UPS overnight), payable to BidDocs ONLINE,
Inc. to cover mail handling costs.
The existing buildings will be available for inspection between 10:00 A.M. and 12:00 P.M. on June
26, 2013. Meet at Tobin Manor, 56 Maple Street, Florence, MA at 10:00 AM SHARP.
For an appointment call David Gour at 413.584.4030.
The Contract Documents may be obtained by electronic media at:
Project Dog 978 499-9014 www.projectdog.com
MHC/Joseph Merrit & Co. 781 430-2008 www.merrigraphics.com
iSQFT 800 364-2059 www.isqft.com
This page intentionally blank.
25-100
DHCD $25,000-100,000 Instructions to Bidders 00.21.25
7/1/2011 1 of 3
00.21.25
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Building Projects $25,000-$100,000
ARTICLE 1. - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION
1.1 Each General Bidder (hereinafter called the "Bidder") by making a bid (hereinafter
called "bid") represents that:
(.1) The Bidder has read and understands the Contract Documents and the bid is
made in accordance therewith.
(.2) The Bidder has visited the site and is familiar with the local conditions under
which the Work has to be performed.
1.2 Failure to so examine the Contract Documents and site will not relieve any Bidder from
any obligation under the bid as submitted.
ARTICLE 2. CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION OSHA SAFETY TRAINING & LEAD
2.1 All employees who work on Massachusetts public works construction sites must have
no less than 10 hours of OSHA-approved safety and health training. See Chapter 306
of the Acts of 2004,
2.2 The Contractor and all subcontractors on this project will be required to provide
certification of compliance with this requirement in accordance with the provisions of
Section 00.73.43 of these Contract Documents.
2.3 The Contractor and all subcontractors shall provide evidence of compliance with
Certifications re: EPA regulation 40 CFR 745.
ARTICLE 3. - REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION
3.1 Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity, inconsistency, or error,
which they may discover upon examination of the Contract Documents, the site, and
local conditions.
3.2 Bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Contract Documents shall make a
written request to the Architect. The Architect will answer such requests if received
seven (7) calendar days before the date for receipt of the bids.
3.3 Interpretation, correction, or change in the Contract Documents will be made by written
Addendum, which will become part of the Contract Documents. Neither the Housing
Authority nor the Architect will be held accountable for any oral interpretations,
corrections, or changes.
3.4 Addenda will be mailed by the Architect by U.S Postal Service, certificate of mailing, to
every individual or firm on record as having taken a set of Contract Documents.
3.5 Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection at the locations listed in the
Advertisement where Contract Documents are on file.
ARTICLE 4. - PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BIDS
4.1 Bids shall be submitted on the "Form for General Bid" furnished at no cost by the Housing
Authority. The forms enclosed in the Project Manual shall not be extracted or used.
Additional forms are available at the location listed in the Advertisement.
4.2 All entries on the bid form shall be made by typewriter or in ink.
Where so indicated on the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures.
Where there is a discrepancy between the bid sum expressed in words and the bid sum
expressed in figures, the words shall control.
25-100
DHCD $25,000-100,000 Instructions to Bidders 00.21.25
7/1/2011 2 of 3
4.3 Bid Deposits shall be:
(.1) at least five percent (5%) of the greatest possible bid amount, considering all
alternates;
(.2) made payable to the Housing Authority;
(.3) conditioned upon faithful performance by the principal of the agreements
contained in the bid, and
(.4) in the form of:
(a.) cash,
(b.) certified check, treasurer’s or cashier’s check issued by a responsible bank
or trust company, or
(c.) a bid bond issued by a surety company licensed to do business in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
4.4 Bid deposits of the three (3) lowest responsible and eligible General Bidders shall be
retained until the execution and delivery of the Owner/Contractor Agreement.
4.5 The General Bid Form and the bid deposit shall be enclosed in a sealed envelop with the
following plainly marked on the outside:
General Bid for:
• Housing Authority State-Aided Project No.
• Bidder's Name, Business Address, and Phone Number
4.6 Date and time for receipt of bids is set forth in the Advertisement.
4.7 Timely delivery of a bid to the location designated shall be the full responsibility of the
Bidder.
ARTICLE 5. - ALTERNATES
5.1 Each General Bidder shall acknowledge Alternates by listing the individual Alternate
number in Section C on the Form for General Bid and enter the dollar amount of addition
or subtraction necessitated by each Alternate listed in the corresponding space.
5.2 General Bidders shall enter on the Form for General Bid a single amount for each Alternate
the amount for work performed by the General Contractor.
5.3 In the event an Alternate does not involve a change in dollar value, the Bidder shall so
indicate by listing the individual Alternate number and acknowledge the Alternate by
inserting "No Change", "No Charge", "N/C" or "0" in the corresponding space
provided for the dollar value of that Alternate.
5.4 The Low Bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the
accepted alternates.
ARTICLE 6. - WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
6.1 Before Opening of Bids
Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the time designated for receipt of bids upon written
request. Withdrawal of bids must be confirmed over the Bidder's signature by written
notice post-marked or sent by facsimile on or before the date and time set for receipt
of bids.
Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids.
6.2 After Opening of Bids
Bidders may withdraw a bid, without penalty, any time up to the time of Award as
defined in paragraph 8.1, and upon demonstrating, to the satisfaction of the Housing
Authority, that a bona fide clerical error was made during the preparation of the bid.
Failure to conclusively demonstrate a bona fide clerical error may result in forfeiture of
the bid deposit.
25-100
DHCD $25,000-100,000 Instructions to Bidders 00.21.25
7/1/2011 3 of 3
ARTICLE 7. - CONTRACT AWARD
7.1 Award means both the determination and selection of the lowest, responsible and
eligible bidder, by Housing Authority board vote.
7.2 The Housing Authority will award the contract to the lowest responsible and eligible
bidder within thirty days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded after the
opening of bids in accordance with M.G.L. c.149 §44A.
7.3 The award of this Contract is subject to the approval of the Director of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Housing and Community
Development.(DHCD). Contracts without DHCD approval shall not be considered valid.
7.4 The Housing Authority reserves the right to waive any informality in or to reject any or
all Bids if it be in the public interest to do so.
7.5 As used herein, the term "lowest responsible and eligible bidder" shall mean the
General Bidder whose bid is the lowest of those Bidders demonstrably possessing the
skill, ability, and integrity necessary for the faithful performance of the work, and who
meets the requirements for Bidders set forth in M.G.L. c.l49 §44A-J and is not debarred
from bidding under M.G.L. c.l49 §44C; and who shall certify that they are able to
furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to
be employed on the work.
ARTICLE 8. - FORMS REQUIRED FOR CONTRACT APPROVAL
8.1 Upon Award, the General Bidder shall complete the following forms to ensure prompt contract validation. These forms will be provided to the selected General Bidder by DHCD.
8.2 Submit (3) originals of each of the following:
(1.) Owner/Contractor Agreement and Form of Corporate Vote.
(2.) Form of Contractor's Equal Employment Certification in accordance with
Section 00.73.36 of the General Conditions.
(3.) Form of Performance Bond and Form (00.61.13) and Form of Payment
Bond (00.61.16) must be submitted by the General Contractor on DHCD's
form, in accordance with the General Conditions. The dates on the bonds must
coincide with the contract date, and a current Power-of-Attorney must be
attached to each bond.
(4.) Insurance Certificates for the General Contractor are required and must be
submitted in accordance with the General Conditions.
General Contractors must indicate on Builders Risk insurance Certificate or installation
floater if stored materials are covered.
(5.) Company Certification of Compliance with EPA Regulation 40 CFR 745
must be submitted before Contract validation
ARTICLE 9. - CONTRACT VALIDATION
9.1 The Owner-Contractor Agreement shall not be valid until signed by the
Undersecretary of DHCD.
9.2 The Notice to Proceed for construction shall not be issued until the
Owner/Contractor Agreement has been validated by the Undersecretary of DHCD.
9.3 Incomplete or unacceptable submissions of forms required by paragraph 9.2 will delay
the validation of the Owner/Contractor Agreement by DHCD.
END OF 00.21.25
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 4/1/2010 Form for General Bid 00.41.25
c.149.
FORM FOR GENERAL BID
$25,000 - $100,000
TO THE AWARDING AUTHORITY
A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for for the
HOUSING AUTHORITY in Massachusetts
in accordance with Contract Documents prepared by
For the contract price specified below, subject additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications
B. This bid includes addenda number(s)
C. The proposed contract price is:
Dollars $
Bid Amount in Words Bid Amount in Numbers
For Alternate No. Add $ Subtract $
No. $ $
No. $ $
Each Alternate shall be listed separately
D. The undersigned agrees that, if selected as general contractor, we will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and
legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in accordance with the
terms of this bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety
company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority and each
in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the general contractor and are included in the
contract price, provided, however, that if there is more than 1 surety company, the surety companies shall be jointly and
severally liable.
The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor
employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully
completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish
documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that
he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section 44A.
Th e undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without
collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean natural person, joint
venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury
that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the
provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter
of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.
Name of General Bidder
Signature F BY:
Signature & Title of person signing bid
Date:
Business Address
(City and State)
Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of
incorporation under signature, and affix corporate seal; if a
partnership, give full names and residential addresses of partners
if different from business addresses.
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 00.43.98
9/09/2009 1 of 1
THIS CHECK LIST IS NOT PART OF THE FORM FOR BID!
THIS FORM DOES NOT HAVE TO BE SUBMITTED WITH A BID!
To ensure that your bids are acceptable to the awarding authority and DHCD, and are not rejected due to mistakes, we are providing this Checklist for your convenience. It does not have to be included with a bid.
If this checklist is submitted it is an informality that will not void the bid.
ALL BIDDERS
q 1. Have you used the appropriate bid form provided for this specific development?
q 2. Have you properly identified the development, architect (engineer), etc., on your bid form?
q 3. Do your bid amounts, as expressed in figures and words, coincide? The amount expressed in
words shall control.
q 4. Have you added any information not called for, or acknowledged an addendum or alternate that
does not exist, which would make your bid conditional or obscure, and lead to a bid protest?
q 5. Is your Bid Form SIGNED and dated?
6. Bid Deposits
q a. Is your bid deposit, if in the form of a bid bond, issued from a bonding company licensed
to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts?
q b. Is it signed by you and the bonding company?
q c. Is your bid deposit made payable to the Housing Authority? Bid deposits made payable
to the city, town, commonwealth, or architect will cause the bid to be rejected.
q d. Is your bid deposit at least five (5%) of the largest possible bid amount, considering all
alternates?
Passbooks, Letters of Credit, and Deeds to Property are not acceptable as a bid deposit.
q 7 Have you acknowledged every alternate?
q 8 If an alternate price is requested and you estimate that there is no change in price, did you
indicate by writing "no change", "N/C" or "0"?
Leaving this space blank, on your general bid form, when alternates are requested may lead to rejection of your bid.
q 9 Have you acknowledged all addenda issued, and followed the instructions contained therein?
This checklist is provided as guidance and assistance to bidders to avoid
technical mistakes resulting in rejection of a bid.
This in no way changes, affects, or supersedes the provisions set-forth in
M.G.L. c.149 §44A-J or c.30 §39M or any other sections or provisions
contained in the contract documents.
THIS FORM DOES NOT HAVE TO BE SUBMITTED WITH A BID!
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD BIDDER’S REFERENCE FORM 00.45.13
9/09/2009 Page 1 of 1
00.45.13 BIDDERS REFERENCE FORM
Bidders Name
LHA/Project Title:
The bidder must provided five (5) business references for projects performed & completed within the past
five (5) years. (attach additional pages if necessary)
(1) Reference Name : Contact:
Address: Phone: ( )
Description and date(s) of work:
(2) Reference Name: Contact:
Address: Phone: ( )
Description and date(s) of work:
(3) Reference Name: Contact:
Address: Phone: ( )
Description and date(s) of work:
(4) Reference Name: Contact:
Address: Phone: ( )
Description and date(s) of work:
(5) Reference Name: Contact:
Address: Phone: ( )
Description and date(s) of work:
References will be contacted to confirm the bidder’s skills, abilities and qualifications to faithfully perform the
work as specified.
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 10/10/10 Owner Contractor Agreement 00.52.25
c.149 $25k-100k 1 of 2
OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
This agreement made the day of Month 201 by and between City or Town Housing Authority
hereinafter called the "Owner", and Contractor's Name Here hereinafter called the "Contractor.
Witnesseth, that the Owner and the Contractor, for the consideration hereinunder named, agree as follows:
Article 1. Scope of Work: The Contractor shall perform all Work required by the Contract Documents for
Type a Brief Description of the Work prepared by the Architect Engineer's Name acting as and
referred to in the Contract Documents as the "Architect".
ARTICLE 2. TIME OF COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence work under this Contract on the date
specified in the written "Notice to Proceed" and shall bring the Work to Substantial Completion within
calendar days of said date. Damages for delays in the performance of the Work shall be in accordance with
Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT SUM : The Owner shall pay the Contractor, in current funds, for the performance of the
Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order, of the Contract Sum of:
CONTRACT AMOUNT IN WORDS dollars $
CONTRACT SUM IN WORDS CONTRACT SUM IN NUMBERS
ARTICLE 4. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The following, together with this Agreement, form the Contract and all
are as fully a part of the contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein: The Advertisement,
Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, and Specifications as enumerated in the
Table of Contents, the drawings as enumerated in the List of Contract Drawings, DHCD publication known as
the Construction Handbook, and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. Terms used in this
Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those
Conditions.
ARTICLE 5. ALTERNATES: The following Alternates have been accepted and their costs are included in the
Contract Sum stated in Article 3 of this Agreement: Alternate No(s): and ##
ARTICLE 6. REAP CERTIFICATION: Pursuant to M.G.L. c.62(c) §49(a), the individual signing this Contract on
behalf of the Contractor, hereby certifies, under the penalties of perjury, that to the best of their knowledge and
belief the Contractor has complied with all laws of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees
and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support
ARTICLE 7. WORKER DOCUMENTATION CERTIFICATION: In accordance with Executive Order 481 the
undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that the Contractor shall not knowingly use
undocumented workers in connection with the performance of this contract; that pursuant to federal
requirements, the Contractor shall verify the immigration status of all workers assigned to such contractor
without engaging in unlawful discrimination; and that it shall not knowingly or recklessly alter, falsify, or accept
altered or falsified documents from any such worker(s). The Contractor understands and agrees that breach
of any of these terms during the contract period may be regarded as a material breach, subjecting the
Contractor to sanctions, including but limited to monetary penalties, withholding of payments, contract
suspension or termination.
DHCD 10/10/10 Owner Contractor Agreement 00.52.25
c.149 $25k-100k 2 of 2
ARTICLE 8. CONFLICT OF INTEREST: The Contractor covenants, that (1) presently, there is no financial interest
and shall not acquire any such interest, direct or indirect, which would conflict in any manner or degree with
the performance of services required to be performed under this Agreement or which would violate M.G.L.
c.268A, as amended; (2) in the performance of this Contract, no person having any such interest shall be
employed by the Contractor or engaged as a subcontractor by the contractor; and (3) no partner or
employee of the firm is related by blood or marriage to any Board Member or employee of the Awarding
Authority."
ARTICLE 9. VALIDATION: This Contract will not be valid until signed by the Department of Housing and
Community Development.
In Witness Whereof, the Parties Hereto Have Caused This Instrument to be Executed Under Seal. 1 CONTRACTOR 2 AWARDING AUTHORITY
Contractor's Name
City or Town Housing Authority
Name of Contractor Name of Housing Authority
Contractor's Street LHA Address
Street Address
Contractor's City State Zip
City State Zip Signature and Seal
By:
Signature and Seal Title
Witness Attest:
1 If a Corporation, attach a notarized copy of the
Corporate Vote authorizing signatory to sign Contract.
2 If signed by someone other than a Housing Authority Board
member, attach a copy of Certified Board Vote authorizing the
signatory to sign Contract.
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING &COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
In accordance with M.G.L. c.121B, and Revisions thereto.
Undersecretary
Date
DHCD 9/9/2009 Corporate Vote 00.53.00
1 of 1
CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF AUTHORIZATION
20
I hereby certify that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the:
NAME OF CORPORATION
duly called and held at on the day of 200
At which a quorum was present and acting, it was voted that
Name of Corporate Officer
of the , be and hereby is authorized to execute and deliver for
and on behalf of the Corporation a Contract with Housing Authority, for
work to be done at State-Aided Housing Project No. In the City/Town of
And to act as principal to execute bonds in connection therewith, which Contract and Bonds were
presented to and made part of the records of said meeting.
I further certify that Is duly qualified and acting
Name of Corporate Officer
of the Corporation and that said vote has not been
Title
Repealed, rescinded or amended
A true copy of the record,
ATTEST:
(CORPORATE SEAL)
On this ____ day of __________ 200___, before me, the undersigned Notary Public, personally
appeared __________________________, duly designated by the board of directors and proved to
me, through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was ______________________, that s/he is
the person whose name is signed on the foregoing documents, and acknowledged to me that s/he
signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose and that it was her/his free act and deed.
___________________________________
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Performance Bond 00.61.13
1 of 1
Bond Number:
PERFORMANCE BOND
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, as Principal, and
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
the Housing Authority, as Obligee, in the sum of
dollars $
to be paid to the Obligee, for which payments, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee, bearing the date of 200
for the construction of in Massachusetts
Project Title
NOW, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal and all Subcontractors under said contract shall well and truly
keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreement, terms and conditions of said contract on its part to be kept and
performed during the original term of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the Obligee, with or
without notice to the Surety, and during the life and any guarantee required under the contract, and shall also well and truly
keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions of any and all duly authorized
modifications, alterations changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the Surety of such
modifications, alterations, changes or additions being hereby waived, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise,
it shall remain in full force and virtue.
IN THE EVENT , that the contract is abandoned by the Principal, or in the event that the Obligee, under the provisions of
Article 19 of the General Conditions of said contract terminates the employment of the Principal or the authority of the
Principal to continue the work, said Surety hereby further agrees that said Surety shall, if requested in writing by the Obligee,
take such action as is necessary to complete said contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this:
Day of 200
PRINCIPAL SURETY
By: By:
Seal Attorney-in Fact
Attest: Attest
The rate for this bond is % for the first $ and % for the next $
The total premium for this bond is $
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/9/2009 PAYMENT BOND 00.61.16
1 of 1
Bond: ________
PAYMENT BOND
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, as Principal, and
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
the Housing Authority, as Obligee, in the sum of
dollars $
to be paid to the Obligee, for which payments, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee, bearing the date of 200
for the construction of in Massachusetts
Project Title
NOW the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal and all subcontractors under said contract shall pay for all
labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in said contract and in any and all duly authorized
modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the
Surety of such modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions being hereby waived, the foregoing to
include any other purposes or items set out in, and to be subject to, provisions of M.G.L. c.30 §39A, and M.G.L. c.149 §29, as
am ended, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this: Day of 200__
PRINCIPAL SURETY
By: By:
Seal Attorney-in Fact
Attest: Attest:
Surety Agent
Surety Agent Address
Surety Agent Phone Number
The rate for this bond is % for the first $ and % for the next $
The total premium for this bond is $
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD $25k-$100k GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 72 25
7/01/2011
00.72.25
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Projects $25,000 – $100,000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE PAGE
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................................................. 1.
2. OWNER ....................................................................................................2.
3. DEPARTMENT ........................................................................................2.
4. CONTRACTOR .......................................................................................3.
5. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT .........................................7.
6. SUBCONTRACTORS .............................................................................8.
7. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER / SEPARATE CONTRACT ...........8.
8. CHANGES IN THE WORK ..................................................................8.
9. TIME, SCHEDULE, COMPLETION .................................................. 10.
10. PAYMENTS .......................................................................................... 12.
11. GUARANTEES + WARRANTEES .................................................... 14.
12. MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS................................ 14.
13. NOT USED ........................................................................................... 15.
14. EEO REQUIREMENTS....................................................................... 15.
15. NOT USED
16. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 15.
17. INDEMNIFICATION ............................................................................ .17.
18. BONDS .................................................................................................. 17.
19. TERMINATION ..................................................................................... 17.
DHCD $25k-$100k GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 72 25
7/01/2011
-A-
Acceptance of Work ............................................................................. 9.5.4
Access to Work ..................................................... 3.3.4, 4.9.5, 4.21.1, 7.2.1
Acts and Omissions .............................. 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.3.4, 4.7.9, 10.8, 17.1
Addenda .................................................................................... 1.1.1, 4.15.1
Administration of Contract ............................................................. Article 5
Administrator ...................................... 2.3.2, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.3.1, 3.3.3, 8.1.5
8.7.1, 8.7.2, 19.4
Advertisement or Invitation to Bid ....................................................... 1.1.1
Architect, Definition of.................................................................. 5.1, 5.1.1
Architect's Approval ......................................................... 4.7.6, 4.7.7, 4.7.9
5.3.5, 8.1.2, 8.1.3, 8.1.4
Architect's Decision ............................................ 4.3.7, 4.8.1, 4.11.1, 5.3.10
8.3.1.3, 8.6.3.1, 8.7.1, 8.7.2, 9.3.3.2.2
9.6.4, 9.7.1, 9.7.2, 10.4, 10.5
Architect's Inspection ................................... 4.3.7, 4.3.8, 4.8.2, 4.9.3, 4.9.4
4.12.1, 5.3.7, 9.3.2.1, 9.6.3
Architect's Interpretations ..................................... 3.3.2, 4.19.1, 5.3.9, 8.5.1
Architect's Authorization to Reject Work 4.8.1, 4.11.1, 4.12.1, 5.3.4
Architect's Site Visits.................................................................. 5.3.2, 5.3.7
Aesthetic Effect .................................................................................. 5.3.10
Authority (Awarding Authority) ................................................ See Owner
-B-
Bonds ................................................... 6.2.1.2, 8.3.1.3(g), 9.7.4, 15.4.5, 18
-C-
Change Orders ......................................... 1.1.1, 2.4.2, 3.3.1.2, 4.15.1, 5.3.6
8.1.1, 8.1.2, 8.1.4, 8.1.5, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 8.5.1, 8.6, 8.7.1
9.1.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2.1, 9.3.3.6, 9.7.1, 10.3.1.4, 18.2
Claims for Additional Costs ......................... 7.1.1, 8.7, 10.7.2, 17.1, 19.3.2
Claims for Additional Time........................................................... 7.1.1, 8.7
Cleaning Up ........................................................................................ 4.17.1
Completion (Substantial/Final) 3.3.1.6, 4.11.1, 5.3.7, 9.2.2, 9.6.1, 9.7
Construction Advisor........................................................ 3.1.3, 8.1.4, 8.4.1
Construction Change Directive .................... 1.1.1, 3.3.1.2, 5.3.6, 8.1.1, 9.7
Construction Handbook 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 3.1.3, 5.3.8, 5.4.1, 8.7.4, 10.3.1
Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors ............ 1.1.4, Article 7
Construction Schedule .................................................... 4.15.1, 7.1.2, 9.4.1
Contract Documents ................................................................................ 1.1
Contract, Owner Contractor Agreement 1.1.1, 1.2.1, 2.1.1, 3.2.1, 3.3.1,
6.2.1, 8.6, 9.3.3.1, 9.3.3.3, 10.1.1, 10.8.2
Contract Sum ........................ 3.3.1, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 8.4.1, 8.6.2.2.
9.3.3.3, 9.5.7, 10.1.1, 14.6.2.1, 15.1.12, 15.3.4
Contract Time .............................................. 3.3.1, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.1, 8.4.1,
9.1.1, 9.2, 9.3.2.1, 9.3.3.1
Contractor ....................................................................................... Article 4
Cutting And Patching .............................................................................. 4.3
-D-
Damage to Work................................................................................... 9.6.7
Delays/Extensions of Time............................................... 4.6.3.3, 4.8.2, 9.3
Department, DHCD ........................................................................ Article 3
(DEP) Department of Environmental Protection 4.17.4, 4.20.2, 4.20.3
(DLWD) Department of Labor & Workforce Development4.20.2, 12.4, 12.5
Disputes ...................................................................................... 8.7.3, 9.3.1
Drawings .................................................... 1.1.1, 1.1.5, 1.3, 2.2.1, 4.7, 4.15
-E-
Equal Employment Opportunity .................................................. Article 14
Executive Orders ................................................................................... 12.7
-F-
Final Completion ................................................................. 5.3.7, 9.5.4, 9.7
Final Payment .................................. 3.3.1.7, 5.3.1, 9.3.3.4, 10.6.1, 10.6.1.2
10.7, 11,2.1, 13.2.1, 13.2.2, 13.4.1
Funding .................................................................................................... 3.2
-G-
Guarantees .................................................................................... Article 11
-H-
Hazardous Materials………………………………………………..4.17.4
-I-
Indemnification ............................................................................... Article 17
Information Provided by Owner ...................................................... 2.2, 4.2.1
Inspections................................................................................... 4.16.1, 5.3.7
Instructions to Bidders .................................................... 1.1.1, 15.2.1, 15.4.3
Insurance ......................................................................................... Article 16
-M-
MBE/WBE ...................................................................................... Article 15
Methods, Means, Sequences ...................................................... 4.3.1, 8.6.2.2
-N-
Notice to Proceed .............................................................. 9.1.2, 9.5.1, 14.4.3
-O-
Occupancy ................................................................................... 4.16.1, 5.3.7
Owner (Local Housing Authority, Authority) .................................. Article 2
-P-
Payments ........................................2.4.2, 3.3.3, 4.9.6, 4.12, 5.3.3, Article 10
14.6.2.2, 15.5.1, 15.5.2, 17.1, 19.2, 19.3
Payments, Application for ...................... 5.3.3, 10.2.1, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6
Payments, Certification of .................................................... 5.3.7, 10.5, 10.6
Payment, Final 3.3.1, 5.3.1, 5.3.7, 9.3.3.4, 10.7, 11.2.1, 13.2, 13.4, 16.1
Permits...................................................................................................... 4.16
Product Data ............................................................................ 4.7, 4.15, 5.3.5
Project Representative ..................................................... 5.3.8, 8.7.3, 9.3.2.1
-R-
Retainage ................................................................................... 10.3.1, 10.6.2
-S-
Safety........................................................................................................ 4.20
Samples ............................................................................ 4.7, 4.8, 4.15, 5.3.5
Schedule of Values .................................................................................. 10.2
Schedule, Construction ................................................. 4.15.1, 5.5, 7.1.2, 9.4
Schedule, Payment ..................................................................................... 9.4
Schedule, Participation ......................... 15.2.1, 15.4.1, 15.4.2, 15.4.3, 15.4.4
15.4.6, 15.4.7, 15.4.9, 15.5.1
Site ...........................1.2.1, 2.2.2, 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.8.2, 4.9.1, 4.9.2, 4.9.3, 4.9.4
4.12, 4.15, 4.17.2, 4.17.3, 4.17.4, 4.18, 4.20.3
4.21.1, 5.3.2, 5.3.8, 6.1.1, 7.1.1, 8.6.2, 10.4.1, 10.6.1.1, 12.4.1, 14.3.4, 19.1.4
SOMWBA....................................................................................... Article 15
Specifications .................................. 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.3, 4.3.3, 4.7.5, 4.15, 5.3.5
8.6.3, 9.4.1, 10.2.2, 10.7.1, 11.2.1, 12.4.1
Stored Materials ................................................................... 4.9.4, 4.9.6, 10.4
Subcontractors ................................................................................... Article 6
Submittals ...................................................................... 4.2.3, 4.7, 4.15, 5.3.5
Substantial Completion .................................................................... 5.3.7, 9.6
Substitutions, Materials (or equals) .................................. 4.6.3, 4.7.5, 4.10.1
Substitutions, MBE/WBE ............................................. 15.4.2, 15.4.4, 15.4.7
Superintendent ..................................................................... 4.4, 4.20.3, 8.7.3
Supervision & Construction Procedures.......................................... 4.3, 8.3.1
Surety ..................................... 6.2.1, 9.7.4, 15.4.5, 15.5.3, Article 18, 19.1.5
Surveys .................................................................................................... 2.2.2
-T-
Taxes ........................................................................................................ 4.14
Termination ....................3.3.1, 6.2.1, 14.2.1, 14.2.2, 14.6.2.3, 15.4.6, 15.5.3
Testing & Inspection .................................................................................. 4.8
-U-
Unit Prices ............................................................................................... 8.3.1
-W-
Warranties .......................................................... 4.10, 5.3.7, 9.6.8, Article 11
Weather Protection................................................................................... 4.18
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 1 of 18
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Projects $25,000 – $100,000
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, DHCD publication known as the
Construction Handbook, all addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, and other documents listed in the Agreement
and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed
by all parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the
Work issued by the Architect.
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement
between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially
completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to
fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a
part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors.
1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued,
showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules,
and diagrams.
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials,
equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.
1.1.7 THE CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK
The Construction Handbook is published by and available free of charge, from the Department. It outlines the procedures
that the Contractor, Owner, Architect, and Department shall follow during the construction of the Work. The most recent
version, at the time of bid opening, of the Construction Handbook is incorporated by reference into the Contract
Documents.
1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION, AND INTENT
1.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become
familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2.2 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of
the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding
as if required by all. Performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. In case of inconsistent
requirements in the Contract Documents, the requirement for the greater quantity or higher quality shall take precedence
and shall be the Contract requirement.
1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well known technical or construction
industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
1.2.4 Where reference is made to standards or trade association publications, it shall be considered to refer to the latest
edition and revision thereof, if any, in effect on the date the Contract Documents were advertised for bid.
1.3 USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS
The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the
Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor,
Sub-subcontractor, or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of
the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, the Architect, and the Department.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 2 of 18
ARTICLE 2
OWNER
2.1 DEFINITION
The term "Owner", sometimes also referred to as the "Awarding Authority" or "Authority", means the Housing Authority identified in the
Owner-Contractor Agreement, organized and existing under the provisions of M.G.L. c.121B.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, a reasonable number of copies of the Contract Documents for the
execution of the Work, including a set for record purposes. In addition, the Owner, through the Architect, will furnish to the Contractor a
reproducible transparency and one black line print of detail and clarification drawings issued after the Contract has been awarded. The
Contractor shall provide and distribute such number of prints of these transparencies as required for the Contractor's and Subcontractors' use.
2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish available surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of
the Project, and a legal description of the site.
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or
persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner by written order signed personally or by its
authorized agent, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated.
2.3.2 Stop work orders require the Administrator's prior approval. (See Subparagraph 3.1.2)
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a
seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Architect at the Owner's direction to commence and continue correction of such
default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies, hire one or more contractors to
correct such deficiencies.
2.4.2 In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost
of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such
default, neglect, or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall
pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 3
DEPARTMENT
3.1 DEFINITIONS
3.1.1 The term "Department" means the Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development, 100 Cambridge St
Suite 300, Boston, MA 02114
3.1.2 The term "Administrator" means the person appointed by the Department to administer the terms of the Contract for Financial
Assistance between the Owner and the Department, who is also empowered to take certain actions under this Agreement. Contractor
should address mail to the Administrator c/o the Construction Management Unit.
3.1.3 The term "Construction Advisor" means the person designated by the Administrator to assist the Administrator. The duties,
responsibilities and limitations of the Construction Advisor's authority are described in the Construction Handbook.
3.2 PROJECT FUNDING
The Work under this Contract is funded by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts through the Department pursuant to a contract for
financial assistance between the Department and the Owner.
3.3 DEPARTMENT'S RESPONSIBILITIES
3.3.1 The Contractor is advised that various actions taken or decisions made by the Owner and/or the Architect under this Contract, require
the prior approval and counter-signature of the Administrator. Those actions or decisions include, but are not limited to, the following:
.1 Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, whether or not they affect a change in the Contract Sum or in the
Contract Time.
.2 Written orders, notices, and approvals given by the Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents or pursuant to any Laws
applicable to this Contract, including approval of the Contractor's payment requests.
.3 Approval of "or equal" submissions and substitutions pursuant to Subparagraph 4.6.3.
.4 Stop Work order.
.5 Certificate of Substantial Completion.
.6 Final payment.
.7 Termination of Contract.
3.3.2 In any instance where the Contractor requires clarification as to whose approval is required, the Architect shall provide such
clarification.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 3 of 18
3.3.3 Work undertaken by the Contractor or a Subcontractor at the Owner's or other person's order without the Administrator's
countersignature prior to the start of such work shall be considered unauthorized work and shall not be considered cause for extra payment.
The Contractor or Subcontractor shall be responsible for performing, at their own expense, corrective measures required by the Architect
due to any failure to obtain the prior approval of the Administrator pursuant to Subparagraph 3.3.1.
3.3.4 The Department and its authorized representatives and agents shall at all times have access to, and be permitted to observe and
review all Work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and
records maintained by the Contractor on the Project.
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1 DEFINITION
The Contractor, sometimes referred to as the General Contractor, is the person or entity identified as such throughout the Contract Documents as if
singular in number. The term Contractor means the Contractor or its authorized representative.
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the
Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered. The Contractor
shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents unless
the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, or omission and knowingly failed to notify the Architect. If the Contractor performs any
construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the
Architect, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for such performance and shall bear the attributable costs for correction.
4.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and
conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors,
inconsistencies, or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once.
4.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 4.7.
4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES,
COORDINATION, AND CUTTING AND PATCHING
4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely
responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions
of the Work under the Contract.
4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all Work and the coordination of the operations of all trades,
Subcontractors, or materialmen engaged upon the Work.
4.3.3 All necessary cutting, coring, drilling, grouting, and patching required to fit together the several parts of the Work shall be done
by the Contractor, except as may be specifically noted otherwise under any particular filed sub-bid section of the Specifications.
4.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, and their
agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work.
4.3.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract to determine that
such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
4.3.6 The Contractor shall do engineering required for establishing grades, lines, levels, dimensions, layouts, and reference points for
the trades; shall be responsible for maintaining bench marks and other survey marks; and shall replace any bench marks or survey marks
which have been disturbed or destroyed.
4.3.7 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, or directed in writing by the Architect, Work shall be done during regular
working hours. However, if the Contractor desires to carry on the Work outside of regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or
Massachusetts holidays it shall allow ample time to enable satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting Work in progress and shall
bear the costs of such inspection. The Owner shall bill the Contractor directly for such costs.
4.3.8 Work done outside of regular working hours without the consent or knowledge of the Architect shall be subject to additional
inspection and testing as directed by the Architect. The cost of this inspection and testing shall be paid by the Contractor whether the Work
is found to be acceptable or not.
4.4 SUPERINTENDENT
4.4.1 The Contractor shall employ a Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during
performance of the Work. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on
written request in each case. The Superintendent shall attend each job meeting.
4.4.2 The Superintendent shall be a competent and responsible employee, satisfactory to the Owner, who is regularly employed by the
Contractor and is designated by the Contractor as its representative to be in full time attendance at the Project site throughout the construction of the
Work. The Superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating all the Work of the Contractor and the Subcontractors. The Superintendent shall
be licensed consistent with the Massachusetts Building Code. The Superintendent's resume shall be submitted to the Owner prior to
commencement of construction and must demonstrate to the Owner's reasonable satisfaction that the Superintendent has performed similar duties
on previous construction projects similar to the Project.
4.5 LABOR
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 4 of 18
The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work.
The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them, and whenever the Owner
shall notify the Contractor, in writing, that any worker is, in its opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory,
such employee shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Project except with the consent of the Owner.
4.6 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
4.6.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for materials, equipment, tools,
construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution
and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
4.6.2 Materials and Equipment to be installed as part of the Contract (both or either of which are hereinafter referred to as "Materials")
shall be new, unused, of recent manufacture, assembled, and used in accordance with the best construction practices.
4.6.3 "OR EQUAL" SUBMISSIONS/SUBSTITUTIONS
4.6.3.1 Except where a product has been specified as a proprietary material, the words "or equal" are understood to follow the name of any
maker, vendor, or product specified to be used in the Contract Documents. To determine if the materials or articles proposed by the Contractor are
equal to those specified, the Architect shall determine whether the materials or articles proposed are at least equal in quality, durability, appearance,
strength and design to the material or articles named or described, and will perform at least equally the functions imposed by the design. See
M.G.L. c.30 §39M.
4.6.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the Architect with any information and test results the Architect reasonably
requires to determine if a material is equal to a material named or described in the Contract Documents.
4.6.3.3 Whenever the Contractor submits a material for approval as a substitute for a material named or described in the Contract
Documents, such submission shall be made at least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the date the materials will be used on the
Project. In no event shall the Contractor maintain a claim for delays based upon the Architect's review of such substituted materials if the
Contractor has failed to comply with the one hundred and twenty (120) days submission requirement.
4.7 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
4.7.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,
Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate a portion of the Work.
4.7.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information
furnished by the Contractor or its Subcontractors and suppliers to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.
4.7.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and establish standards by which the
Work will be judged.
4.7.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submission is
to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the
information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of
Subparagraph 4.7.9.
4.7.5 The Contractor shall review, approve, and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals
required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the
Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without
action. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Subparagraph 4.6.3 entitled "Or Equal" Submissions/Substitutions and
Specification sections 01.25.13 and 01.33.0.
4.7.6 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with
the Contractor's construction schedule submitted pursuant to Paragraph 9.4, and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.
4.7.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples
or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved
submittals.
4.7.8 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the
Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has
checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract
Documents.
4.7.9 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's
approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of
such deviation at the time of submittal and the Department has given explicit written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals by the Architect's actions.
4.7.10 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar
submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.
4.7.11 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract
Documents.
4.7.12 When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract
Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications.
4.8 SAMPLES AND TESTS
4.8.1 Materials to be used in the Work may be tested or inspected after reasonable notice by the Architect and may be rejected if they fail the
specified tests. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, all testing of material specifically requested by the Architect will be paid for by the Owner,
except that the cost of testing of materials that fail the testing criteria shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor requests permission to use a
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 5 of 18
material that was not specified in the Contract Documents and the Architect requires testing of such material before approving its use, the Contractor
shall pay for such testing.
4.8.2 The source of material proposed by the Contractor shall be designated in time to permit all required testing and inspection before the material
is needed for incorporation into the Work. The Contractor shall have no claim for delays due to testing if it fails to designate the proposed source or to
order the material in time to provide for adequate testing and inspection. Necessary arrangements shall be made to permit the Architect to make factory,
shop, or other inspection of materials or equipment ordered for the Work, in process of manufacture or fabrication, or in storage elsewhere than the site
of the Work.
4.8.3 The Contractor shall furnish the Architect with samples of the materials it proposes to use in the execution of the work in sufficient time to
afford the Architect the opportunity to adequately review and, if necessary, arrange for testing of such materials.
4.9 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
4.9.1 Materials and equipment shall be progressively delivered to the site so that there will be neither delay in the progress of the Work
nor an undue accumulation of materials that are not to be used within a reasonable time.
4.9.2 Materials stored off-site shall be stored at the expense of the Contractor in a manner that preserves their quality and fitness for
the Work. Material shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard clean surfaces and not on the ground and shall be properly
protected.
4.9.3 If the Contractor requests the Architect's inspection of materials stored off-site, the Contractor shall assume the Architect's
reasonable costs for travel, room, and meals associated with such inspection.
4.9.4 Materials stored either at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing shall be located so as to facilitate prompt
inspection and may again be inspected prior to their use in the work.
4.9.5 The Contractor shall take charge of and be liable for any loss of or injury to the materials delivered at or in the vicinity of the
place where the Work is being done and shall notify the Architect as soon as any such materials are so delivered and allow them to be
examined by the Architect.
4.9.6 Payment for stored materials shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 10.4.
4.10 WARRANTY
The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and
new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality
required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these
requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. If required by the Architect, the
Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
4.11 REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE MATERIALS
The Architect may reject materials if the Architect reasonably determines that such materials do not conform to the Contract Documents.
No rejected materials, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be used in the Work except with the written permission
of the Architect. No extra time shall be allowed for completion of the Work due to the rejection of non-conforming materials.
4.12 REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK
The Architect's inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibilities to fulfill the Contract obligations, and
defective work shall be corrected. Unsuitable work may be rejected by the Architect, notwithstanding that such work and materials have
been previously overlooked or misjudged by the Architect and accepted for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found
defective at any time before the final acceptance of the whole Work, the Contractor shall forthwith correct such defect in a manner
satisfactory to the Architect, and if any material brought upon the site for use in the Work, or selected for the same, shall be rejected by the
Architect as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall forthwith remove such materials from the
vicinity of the Work.
4.13 MATERIALS ATTACHED OR AFFIXED TO THE WORK
Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as vesting in the Contractor any right of property in the materials used after they have been attached or affixed to
the Work or the soil; but all such materials shall, upon being so attached or affixed, become the property of the Owner.
4.14 SALES TAX EXEMPTION AND OTHER TAXES
4.14.1 To the extent that materials and supplies are used or incorporated in the performance of this Contract, the Contractor is
considered an exempt purchaser under the Massachusetts Sales Act, Chapter 14 of the Acts of 1966.
4.14.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all other taxes and tariffs of any sort, related to the work.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 6 of 18
4.15 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the use and information of the Owner, one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Change Orders, and other Contract Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made
during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, updated construction schedule, and similar required
submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of
the Work.
4.16 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES
4.16.1 The Contractor shall secure and the Owner shall pay for any and all permits. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all licenses, and
other fees required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall coordinate all efforts required to obtain these permits including
having the permit issued in the name of the Contractor.
4.16.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of public
authorities bearing on performance of the Work.
4.16.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,
ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at
variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished
by appropriate Modification.
4.16.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations
without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the
attributable costs.
4.17 DEBRIS, CHEMICAL WASTE
4.17.1 The Contractor shall not permit the accumulation of debris, both exterior and interior, and the work area shall at all times be kept
satisfactorily clean.
4.17.2 The Contractor shall remove debris from the site of the work and legally dispose of it at any private or public dump that the
Contractor may choose. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and obtain any approvals necessary for said disposal from the owners
or officials in charge of such dumps and shall bear all cost, including fees resulting from such disposal. Garbage shall be removed daily.
4.17.3 No open fire shall be permitted on site.
4.17.4 Chemical Waste: Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion resistant containers, removed from the Project site, and disposed of
not less frequently than monthly unless directed otherwise. Disposal of chemical waste shall be in accordance with requirements of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (DEP). Fueling and lubricating of
vehicles and equipment shall be conducted in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Lubricants to be
discarded or burned shall be disposed of in accordance with approved procedures meeting all applicable Federal, State and local regulations. In
the event of an oil or hazardous materials spill large enough to violate Federal, State, or applicable local regulations, the Architect shall be
notified immediately. The Contractor shall be responsible for immediately cleaning up any oil or hazardous waste spills resulting from its
operations. Any costs incurred in cleaning up any such spills shall be borne by the Contractor.
4.18 SITE AND WEATHER PROTECTION
4.18.1 The Contractor shall take precaution during the execution of work involving demolition not to disturb or damage any existing
structures, landscaping, walks, roads, or other items scheduled to remain. The Contractor shall restore any damaged items to original
condition and as directed by the Architect. The Contractor shall provide and erect acceptable barricades, fences, signs, and other traffic
devices to protect the work from traffic and the public as reasonably necessary and as required by the Massachusetts Building Code.
4.18.2 The Contractor shall install weather protection and provide adequate heat in the protected area from November 1 to March 31 as
required by M.G.L. c.149 §44G.
4.19 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL RESOURCES
All items having any apparent historical or archaeological interest which are discovered in the course of any construction activities shall be
carefully preserved and reported immediately to the Architect for determination of appropriate actions to be taken.
4.20 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
4.20.1 The Contractor must comply with all Federal, State, and Local safety laws and regulations of the applicable to work performed
under this Contract.
4.20.2 If the Contractor uses or stores toxic or hazardous substances it is subject to M.G.L. c.111F §2, the "Right to Know" law and
regulations promulgated by the Department of Public Health, 105 CMR 670, the Department of Environmental Protection, 310 CMR 33,
and the Department of Labor and Workforce Development, 441 CMR 21; and must post a Workplace Notice obtainable from the
Department of Labor and Workforce Development.
4.20.3 The Contractor must comply with Dig-Safe Laws. Dig-Safe is the Utility Underground Plant Damage Prevention System, 331
Montvale Ave., Woburn, MA 01801, 1.888.344.7233. The Contractor must notify Dig-Safe of contemplated excavation, demolition, or
explosive work in public or private ways, and in any utility company right of way or easement, by certified mail, with a copy to
Department of Environmental Protection (DEP). This notice must be given at least 72 hours prior to the work, but not more than sixty days
before the work is to be done. Such notice shall state the name of the street or the route number of the way and an accurate description of
the location and nature of the proposed work. Dig-Safe is required to respond to the notice within 72 hours of receipt by designating the
location of pipes, mains, wires or conduits at the site. The Contractor shall not commence work until Dig-Safe has responded. The work
shall be performed in such manner and with reasonable precautions taken to avoid damage to utilities under the surface at the work
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 7 of 18
location. The Contractor shall provide the Superintendent with current Dig-Safe regulations, and a copy of M.G.L. c.82 §40. Any costs
related to the services performed by Dig-Safe shall be borne by the Contractor.
4.20.4 This project is subject to compliance with Public Law 92-596 "Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970" (OSHA), with
respect to all rules and regulations pertaining to construction, U.S. Code Title 29, sections 651 et seq. including Volume 36, numbers 75 and
105, of the Federal Register as amended, and as published by the U.S. Department of Labor.
4.20.5 If this Project requires the containment or removal of asbestos or material containing asbestos, lead or waste containing lead
based paint, the Contractor shall ensure that the person or company performing the asbestos or lead related services is licensed pursuant to
applicable State laws and regulations.
4.21 ACCESS TO WORK
The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work at all times and shall cooperate with the Owner whenever the
Owner invites visitors to the site.
ARTICLE 5
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5.1 ARCHITECT
The Architect is the person or entity licensed to practice architecture or engineering, who is responsible for performing the duties assigned
to the Architect by the Contract Documents.
5.2 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and
Contractor shall communicate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect.
Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate
contractors shall be through the Owner.
5.3 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5.3.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's
representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the
guaranty period described in Article 11. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner.
5.3.2 The Architect will regularly visit the site, conduct job meetings, and keep the Owner informed of the progress and quality of the
Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. The Architect's minutes of meetings shall be the
official minutes kept on the Project.
5.3.3 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review
and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will submit to the Owner and the Department for their consideration Certificates for
Payment in such amounts as the Architect determines appropriate.
5.3.4 The Architect shall reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it
necessary or advisable to achieve the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspection or
testing of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 4.8.
5.3.5 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,
Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking such submittals for conformance with the information given and the
design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. This review shall be in accordance with the provisions of Subparagraph 4.6.3 and the
procedures described in Section 01300 of the Specifications, and shall not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
5.3.6 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize Minor Changes in the Work
as provided in Paragraph 8.1.
5.3.7 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of Final
Completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required
by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon the Contractor's compliance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
5.3.8 If the Owner, Architect, and Department agree, the Owner may provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying
out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall
be as described in the Construction Handbook and explained at the pre-construction conference.
5.3.9 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on
written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's written response to such requests will be made within the thirty day time
limit prescribed in Paragraph 8.6.3.
5.3.10 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract
Documents.
5.4 PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES
The Department's procedures, forms, and practices which must be employed on the Project are described in the Construction Handbook,
and will be explained at the pre-construction conference.
5.5 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 8 of 18
Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall meet in conference with representatives of the Owner, Department, and Architect
to discuss and develop mutual understandings relative to administration of the quality assurance program, safety program, labor provisions,
the schedule of work, and other Contract procedures.
ARTICLE 6
SUBCONTRACTORS
6.1 DEFINITION
A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the work at the site.
ARTICLE 7
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION
AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
7.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to
award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site. If the Contractor
claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the
Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in
reviewing and coordinating their construction schedules with one another when directed to do so.
7.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
7.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their
materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations
with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.
7.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a
separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent
discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the
Contractor to so report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors' completed or partially completed
construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable.
7.2.3 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to
property of the Owner or separate contractors
ARTICLE 8
CHANGES IN THE WORK
8.1 CHANGES - DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 All changes in the work, including any increase, decrease, or other equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or in the time for
performing the Contract, shall be authorized in the form of one, or a combination of, the following written instruments: Change Order,
Construction Change Directive, or a Minor Change in the Work. The term "equitable adjustment" as used in this paragraph shall include
all adjustments to the Contract Sum or time to which the Contractor is entitled pursuant to M.G.L. c.30 §§39N and 39O and such equitable
adjustment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
8.1.2 A Minor Change is a written order binding on the Owner and Contractor issued by the Architect, with the concurrence of the
Construction Advisor, not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent
of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.
8.1.3 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Department, Contractor, and
Architect, stating their agreement regarding a change in the work, including a change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
8.1.4 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Architect, and
Department, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, or Contract Time, or
both. The Owner may, by Construction Change Directive, and without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the
general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted
accordingly.
8.1.5 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor, Architect, and Department; a Construction
Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner, Architect, and the Department, and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an
order for a Minor Change in the Work may be issued by the Architect with the concurrence of the Construction Advisor.
8.1.6 Change Orders and Construction Change Directives must be counter-signed by the Administrator in accordance with
Subparagraph 3.3.1, to be effective.
8.2 REQUEST FOR A CHANGE IN THE WORK
A change order request shall be in writing and may originate with the Owner, the Department, the Architect, or the Contractor. If such a
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 9 of 18
request would cause a change in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall promptly submit to the Architect its cost and pricing data for such
proposed change. Such data shall be accurate, current and complete at the time of submission and shall be computed in accordance with
Subparagraph 8.3.1.
8.3 METHOD FOR DETERMINING AMOUNT OF CHANGE
8.3.1 Changes in the Contract Sum shall be calculated in accordance with one or a combination of the following methods, as determined by the Architect:
.1 Lump sum basis, provided the lump sum amount shall include the estimated cost of the change, broken down by Items a through
i in the following Subparagraph .3.
.2 Unit price basis, to be adjusted in accordance with contract unit prices, or other agreed upon unit prices provided that the unit
prices shall be inclusive of all costs related to such equitable adjustment.
.3 Time and materials basis, on a not-to-exceed predetermined upset amount determined by the Architect, to be subsequently adjusted on
the basis of the Contractor's actual costs based on the following items a though i:
a. Cost of labor at the rates found elsewhere in this document, including foremen;
b. Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed;
c. Rental cost of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others.
d. A percent of the net increase or decrease of Item a to cover Worker's Compensation, F.I.C.A., and unemployment contributions.
e. The percentage for Worker's Compensation in Item d above shall not exceed the standard manual rate for the involved trade, as set by
the Worker's Compensation Rating and Inspection Bureau of Massachusetts. This rate shall not include any surcharges such as
experience modifications and all risk factor adjustment programs, etc.
f. For work performed by the Contractor's own forces, there shall be added an amount of 15% of items a - d for overhead,
superintendence, and profit.
g. For work performed by any Subcontractor, there shall be added an amount of 15% of the Subcontractor's costs for Items a - d for
the Subcontractor's overhead, superintendence and profit. The Contractor shall be entitled to an additional 10% mark-up on the
total amount of the Subcontractor's price as compensation for assuming full responsibility and supervision for the Subcontractor's
work.
h. Actual increases in the premium costs for performance and payment bonds required of the Contractor, provided there will be an
appropriate credit for reduced premiums for a credit change order.
i. On any change in the Contract Sum that involves a credit, the amount of the credit will not include an overhead and profit factor, however,
the credit will include an amount for item d. which shall not be less than 25% of item a.
8.3.2 The method provided in Subparagraph 8.3.1, for compensating the Contractor and Subcontractors for changes in the Work, shall
be considered to adequately compensate the Contractor and Subcontractors for any and all costs directly, indirectly, or consequentially
related to, or caused by, such change in the work.
8.4 WORK PERFORMED UNDER PROTEST
The Contractor shall perform all work as directed by the Architect, and if the Architect determines that certain work for which the
Contractor has requested a change order does not represent a change in the Contract, or if the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree to
the amount of compensation for a change order, the Contractor shall perform said work under protest and must follow the notice
requirements and maintain the records required by Subparagraph 8.7.3.
8.5 STATUTORY CHANGE ORDER PROVISIONS
The Contractor's attention is directed to the Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 30, §§ 39I, 39J, 39N, 39O and 39P, the provisions of
which apply to this Contract.
8.6 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS, M.G.L. c.30 §39N
8.6.1 If, during the progress of the Work, the Contractor or the Owner discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions
encountered at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the Contract Documents, either the
Contractor or the Owner may request an appropriate time extension and an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum applying to work
affected by the differing site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making
such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered.
8.6.2 Upon receipt of such a claim from a Contractor, or upon its own initiative, the Owner shall make an investigation of such physical
conditions, and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the Contract Documents or from those ordinarily
encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the plans and Contract Documents and are of such nature as to
cause an increase or decrease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the construction methods required for the performance of the work
which results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the work, the Owner shall upon submission by the Contractor of a properly submitted Change
Order request, make an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract shall be modified in writing accordingly.
8.6.3 TIMELY DECISION BY OWNER. M.G.L. c.30 §39P
Whenever this Contract requires the Owner or its Architect to make a decision during construction of the Project, on interpretation of the
specifications, approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, that decision shall be made promptly and, in
any event, no later than thirty days after receipt of a written submission for such decision by the Contractor; but if such decision requires
extended investigation and study, the Owner or the Architect shall, within thirty days after the receipt of the submission, give the
Contractor written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty day period and the date by which the decision
will be made.
8.7 CLAIMS
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 10 of 18
8.7.1 If the Contractor has any claim or dispute of any nature arising under this Contract, including a claim based on the Owner's
failure or refusal to approve a change order request of the Contractor, in full or in part, the Contractor shall submit such claim or dispute to
the Architect, in the form of a change order request, for initial review and consideration, subject to further appeal to the Administrator. If
the Contractor is not satisfied with the Architect’s decision or, if the Architect fails to render a decision within thirty days after receiving
written notice of such claim or dispute from the Contractor, the Contractor may file a written request for a decision with the Department
pursuant to Subparagraph 8.7.2.
8.7.2 Appeal of an Architect's decision under Subparagraph 8.7.1 must be made directly to the Administrator by certified mail, copy to
the Architect and Owner, within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the date on which the party making the appeal receives the Architect's
written decision or within twenty-one (21) days after the thirty (30) day non-decision period noted in 8.7.1. Failure to appeal within this
period will result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor.
8.7.3 Pending resolution of the claim or dispute, the Contractor must proceed with the disputed Work, as directed by the Architect.
The Contractor must give written notice to the Department and the Architect stating that it is proceeding with the disputed work under
protest. Accurate records of the nature and extent of the disputed Work and of the time spent and equipment used on the disputed Work
shall be maintained by the superintendent and verified daily by the Project Representative, or the Owner's designee. Failure of the
Contractor to maintain such records shall cause the Contractor to forfeit its claim to additional compensation for such disputed work.
8.7.4 Meetings or administrative conferences held by the Department to review the basis of the claim or dispute are conducted in
accordance with the procedure described in the Construction Handbook. Such conferences are not subject to the State Administrative
Procedures Act.
8.7.5 At the conclusion of these proceedings, the Department shall issue a written decision which shall be final under the Contract.
The matter may then be appealed to a court of competent jurisdiction.
8.7.6 Requests for administrative conferences by subcontractors must be made by the Contractor; subcontractors cannot make such
requests directly.
ARTICLE 9
TIME, SCHEDULES, AND COMPLETION
9.1 DEFINITIONS
9.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, as extended by approved Change Order, allotted in the Contract
Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
9.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed from the Owner. The commencement
date shall not be postponed by the failure to act by the Contractor or by persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible.
9.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Subparagraph 9.6.7.
9.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined.
9.2. PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
9.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Contract the Contractor
confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
9.2.2 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Completion within the Contract Time.
9.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
9.3.1 The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time for completion of the Work because of;
.1 acts of God;
.2 labor disputes;
.3 abnormal weather conditions; or
.4 acts of neglect of the Owner, Architect, or Department as described in Subparagraph 8.6.3.
9.3.1.5 Except in unusual circumstances, delays caused by suppliers, Subcontractors and sub-subcontractors shall be considered to be
within the control of the Contractor.
9.3.1.6 Should the Contractor require additional time to complete the Work, the Contractor shall document the reasons therefor and
request an extension of time at the time the alleged delay occurs, as provided in this Article and Article 8.
9.3.1.7 Failure to notify the Architect of any delay as provided in this Article shall preclude the Contractor from subsequently claiming
any damages due to said delay.
9.3.1.8 Requests for extensions of time shall be submitted as a change order request to the Architect under Article 8 for the Owner's
consideration.
9.3.2 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY FOR DELAYS
The Contractor shall be liable for, and shall pay, to the Owner, all of the Owner's Project related costs incurred after the time stipulated for
Substantial Completion, as extended by Change Order. Such costs shall include: fees paid to the Architect as extra services for inspection services
and administration of the Contract, at the rate stipulated in the Contract for Architectural Services between the Owner and the Architect; the costs
of the Project Representative at the current salary rate; lost rental income based on the average rent collected by the Owner, and/or increased rental
subsidies and any other direct expenses. The Owner may retain from moneys otherwise due the Contractor whatever sums accrue to the Owner
pursuant to this provision. The Contractor shall not be liable for costs for delay in performance for any period for which an extension of the
Contract Time has been granted pursuant to the provisions of Subparagraph 9.3.
9.3.3 OWNER DELAYS
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 11 of 18
9.3.3.1 The Owner may delay the commencement of the Work, or any part thereof, due to unforeseen circumstances or conditions which have a
bearing on the Work required under this Contract or for any other reason if it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner to do so. Except as
expressly provided in the following Subparagraphs 9.3.3.2, 9.3.3.3, and 9.3.3.4, the Contractor shall have no claim for additional compensation on
account of such delay, but shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time as determined reasonable by the Architect.
9.3.3.2 The Contractor and the Owner agree that the following Subparagraphs provide the Contractor with the right to request additional
compensation for Owner caused delays only in the following two circumstances:
.1 When the Owner provides the Contractor with a written order to suspend or delay the Work, or a portion thereof, for a period of
fifteen days or more.
.2 When the Owner or its Architect fails to make a decision within the thirty day period described in Subparagraph 8.6.3 and such
failure delays the Work, or a portion thereof, for fifteen days or more.
9.3.3.3 The Owner may, for its convenience, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the Work for
such period of time as it may determine appropriate, provided however, that if there is a suspension, delay, or interruption for fifteen days or
more, or there is a failure of the Owner to act within the time specified in this Contract, the Owner shall make an adjustment in the Contract
Sum for any increase in the cost of performance of this Contract, but shall not include any profit to the Contractor on account of such increase;
and provided further, that the Owner shall not make any adjustment in the Contract Sum under this provision for any suspension, delay,
interruption, or failure to act to the extent that such is due to any cause for which this Contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the
Contract Sum under any other Contract provisions. M.G.L. c.30 §39O (a).
9.3.3.4 The Contractor must submit the amount of a claim under Subparagraph 9.3.3.3 to the Owner in writing as soon as practicable
after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption, or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this
Contract and except for costs due to a suspension order, the Owner shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days
before the Contractor notified the Owner in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim. M.G.L. c.30 §39O (b).
9.3.3.5 The Owner and the Contractor agree that the preceding Subparagraph 9.3.3.4 places a burden on the Contractor to inform the Owner,
whenever the Contractor considers that an action or inaction of the Owner or its Architect could result or has resulted in a delay in the Project,
thereby providing the Owner with the opportunity to take action to avoid or lessen the time extensions or damages that might be associated
with such action or inaction.
9.3.3.6 The Contractor must file any claim for additional compensation made pursuant to Subparagraph 9.3.3.4 as a Change Order
request. The amount of any such claim shall be calculated only in accordance with the provisions of Subparagraph 8.3.1.3 items a through
i, and shall be subject to the provisions of Subparagraph 8.3.2.
9.4 CONSTRUCTION AND PAYMENT SCHEDULES
9.4.1 Prior to commencement of the Work the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a construction schedule in bar graph form,
satisfactory to the Architect, showing in detail the proposed progress for the construction of the various parts of the Work, the proposed
times for receiving materials required, and the interrelationship between the various construction operations and the percentage of
completion and the dollar value of the completed work on the first day of each month for each section of the specifications and the entire
Work. Submission of said schedule shall be a condition precedent to approval of the Contractor's first application for payment.
9.4.2 At the end of each month, or more often if required, the Contractor shall furnish the Architect an updated schedule showing
actual progress of the various parts of the Work in comparison with the originally proposed progress and payment schedules. If the
Architect raises any objections to progress or payment schedules submitted by the Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately address and
resolve such objections to the reasonable satisfaction of the Architect.
9.4.3 If the Contractor submits a construction schedule that anticipates Substantial Completion before the date established in the Owner's
Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall have no claim for additional compensation on account of any delays that prevent Substantial Completion
before the date set in said Owner's Notice to Proceed.
9.5 USE AND OCCUPANCY
9.5.1 Prior to the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Project stipulated in the Notice to Proceed, the Owner shall have the right, from time
to time, to occupy and use any portion of the Project as the Work in connection therewith is substantially completed, provided such use and occupancy
does not unduly interfere with the Contractor's operations.
9.5.2 The Architect will, prior to any such use and occupancy, give written notice to the Contractor, indicating the areas intended to be
occupied and used, and the intended commencement date of such use and occupancy. Occupancy and use shall not commence prior to a
time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor.
9.5.3 Upon receipt of such notice of intent, the Contractor shall promptly secure and submit to the Architect endorsement from the
insurance carrier permitting use and occupancy of the Work, or any designated portion thereof, by the Owner prior to Substantial
Completion of the entire Project. The Contractor shall be permitted to cancel its special perils insurance for that portion of the Project used
and/or occupied by the Owner.
9.5.4 Partial or entire use and occupancy by the Owner shall not constitute an acceptance of Work not completed in accordance with
the Contract Documents nor relieve the Contractor from the obligation of performing any Work required by the Contract but not completed
at the time of use and occupancy. Before such use and occupancy, the Architect will give the Contractor a list of items to be completed
prior to Final Completion occurring in the areas to be occupied.
9.5.5 The Contractor shall be relieved of all maintenance costs of the portion of the Project occupied under the provisions of this Article.
9.5.6 The Contractor shall not be responsible for wear and tear or damage resulting solely from such use and occupancy.
9.5.7 The Contract Sum will be adjusted by mutually acceptable arrangements between the Owner and the Contractor with respect to heat,
electricity, and water furnished by the Contractor to the portion of the Work so occupied.
9.5.8 When any portion of the building is in condition to receive fittings, appliances, furniture, or other property to be furnished and
installed by the Owner under separate contracts, the Contractor shall allow the Owner to bring such items into the building and shall
provide all reasonable facilities and protection therefor.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 12 of 18
9.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.6.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when, in the opinion of the Architect, the Work is sufficiently
complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.
9.6.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to
complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, the Architect will promptly make a thorough
inspection and prepare a "punch list", setting forth in accurate detail any items on the Contractor's list and additional items that are not
acceptable or are incomplete.
9.6.4 If, after receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect determines that the Work is not substantially complete, the Architect shall
inform the Contractor of those items that must be completed before the Architect will prepare a punch list. Upon completion of those
items, the Contractor shall again request the Architect to prepare the punch list.
9.6.5 When the punch list has been prepared, the Contractor will arrange a meeting with the Architect to identify and explain all punch list items and
address questions on the work which must be done before final acceptance.
9.6.6 The Architect may revise the punch list, from time to time, to ensure that all items of the Work are properly completed.
9.6.7 The Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall
establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and
shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate within the provisions of
Subparagraph 9.7.2.
9.6.8 Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or
designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial
Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such
Certificate and shall be subject to the approval of the Department.
9.7 FINAL COMPLETION
9.7.1 After the Architect has certified that the Work is substantially complete, the Contractor shall immediately proceed to complete all
the remaining items of Work as determined by the Architect, including items authorized by Change Orders, Construction Change
Directives, or items disputed by the Contractor.
9.7.2 The Contractor shall complete all the remaining items of Work described in Subparagraph 9.7.1, as soon as possible, and in any
event within one hundred and twenty days after Substantial Completion, unless the Architect determines that a shorter time period for
completion is appropriate, in which event the Contractor must complete the Contract work within such period. The Architect may extend
such one hundred and twenty day period if the Architect determines that such extension is justified.
9.7.3 If the Contractor fails to complete the remaining items of Work within the time period provided in Subparagraph 9.7.2, the
Owner may arrange for other contractors to complete such items and the direct and indirect costs of such completion shall be charged
against the balance due the Contractor or, if no such balance remains, the Contractor shall pay the Owner the costs of such completion.
9.7.4 As an alternative to the procedure described in Subparagraph 9.7.3, the Owner may invoke the performance bond of the
Contractor and demand that the surety shall complete the remaining items of work in a timely manner.
9.7.5 The Architect will conduct up to three (3) inspections of completed punchlist items. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
costs of additional inspections required to verify successful completion of the punchlist.
ARTICLE 10
PAYMENTS
10.1 CONTRACT SUM
The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the
Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
10.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
10.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various
portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This
schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
10.2.2 The schedule of values shall contain a separate item for each Section of the Specifications broken down in such form as the
Architect may require. Each item in the schedule of values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 13 of 18
10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
Once each month, on a date established at the beginning of the Work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect by hand or by registered
or certified mail with return receipt, an itemized Application for Payment, supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to
payment as the Architect may require, and reflecting retainage as provided in Subparagraph 10.6.1. Such Application for Payment shall be
submitted on a form available from the Department, (a copy can be found in the Construction Handbook). The form shall show separately:
.1 The value of labor and materials incorporated in the Work.
.2 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably
stored at the site, during the current pay period.
.3 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored at some
other location agreed upon in writing, during the current pay period.
.4 All Change Orders approved up to the date of the Application for Payment.
.5 The amounts approved for payment for each item on previous applications.
10.4 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS
10.4.1 The Contractor shall include in such Application for Payment only such materials as are incorporated in the Work. Except
however, the Contractor may include the value of materials or equipment delivered at the site of the Work (or at some location agreed to in
writing) upon delivery to the Owner of:
.1 an acceptable Transfer of Title (see the Construction Handbook); and
.2 receipted invoices or other acceptable proof of prior payment by the Contractor for such materials; and
.3 a stored materials insurance binder (see subparagraph 16.5.2) that covers the materials for which payment is requested, that
names the Owner and the Department as an insured party should the stored materials be subjected to any casualty, loss, or theft
prior to their inclusion in the Work.
10.4.2 This material(s) or equipment must, in the judgment of the Architect:
.1 meet the requirements of the Contract, including prior shop drawing, product data, and sample approval; and
.2 be ready for use; and
.3 be properly stored by the Contractor and adequately protected until incorporated into the Work.
10.4.3 Failure to comply with subparagraphs 10.4.1 and 10.4.2 may result in Certificates being changed in accordance with M.G.L. c.30 §39K.
10.5. CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
10.5.1 The Architect shall mark the date of receipt on the Contractor's Application for Payment. The Architect will, within seven days after
receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment either,
.1 issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or
.2 return the application to the Contractor if it is not in proper form or contains computations not arithmetically correct; or
.3 make changes to the application as provided in subparagraph 10.5.3.
10.5.2 The Architect shall notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole
or in part as provided in subparagraphs 10.6.1.2 and 10.6.1.3.
10.5.3 The Owner may make changes in any Application for Payment submitted by the Contractor in accordance with M.G.L. c.30
§39K, and the payment due on said Application for Payment shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made. The provisions
of said Section 39K shall govern payments pursuant to Applications for Payment on which the Owner has made changes.
10.5.4 No certificate for payment nor any progress payment shall constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
10.6 STATUTORY PAYMENT PROVISIONS
10.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor in accordance with
M.G.L. c.30 §39K which provides as follows:
.1 Within 30 days after receipt from the Contractor, at the place designated by the Owner if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate
requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the Owner will make a periodic payment to the Contractor for the Work
performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at
some location agreed upon in writing) to which the Contractor has title or to which a Subcontractor has title and has authorized the
Contractor to transfer title to the Owner, less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and less
(2) a retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Section 39F, and less
(3) a retention not exceeding five percent (5%) of the approved amount of the periodic payment.
.2 After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within 65 days after (a) the Contractor fully completes the Work or
substantially completes the work so that the value of the Work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Owner, less than one percent
(1%) of the original Contract Sum, or (b) the Contractor substantially completes the Work and the Owner takes possession for occupancy,
whichever occurs first, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the entire balance due on the Contract less, (1) a retention based on its estimate of
the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of Work less (2) a
retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Section 39F, or based on the
record of payments by the Contractor to the Subcontractors under this Contract if such record of payment indicates that the Contractor has not
paid Subcontractors as provided in Section 39F.
.3 If the Owner fails to make payment as herein provided, there shall be added to each such payment daily interest at the rate of three
percentage points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first day after said
payment is due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the Contractor; provided, that no interest shall be due, in any event,
on the amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until forty-five days after receipt of such a periodic estimate from the Contractor,
at the place designated by the Owner if such a place is so designated. The Contractor agrees to pay to each Subcontractor a portion of any
such interest paid in accordance with the amount due each Subcontractor.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 14 of 18
10.7 FINAL PAYMENT
10.7.1 Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment of the Contract balance, in accordance with
Subparagraph 10.6.1.2 and per the process described in Division 1 of the Specifications.
10.7.2 The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment due under this Contract or the execution of the Final Certificate of
Completion, shall operate as a release to the Owner, Department, and the Architect from all claims and liability related to this Contract.
10.8 PAYMENT LIABILITIES OF CONTRACTOR
10.8.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for all expenses, losses, and damages incurred in consequence of any defect, omission,
or mistake of the Contractor or any of its employees, Subcontractors, or suppliers.
10.8.2 The Owner may retain any moneys which would otherwise be payable under this Contract and apply the same, or so much as
may be necessary therefor, to the payment of any expenses, losses, or damages incurred by the Owner as a direct result of the Contractor's
failure to perform its obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE 11
GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
11.1 GENERAL GUARANTY
If at any time during the period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion as defined in Paragraph 9.6, any part of the Work
shall, in the reasonable determination of the Architect or Owner, require replacing or repairing due to the fact that it is broken, defective, or
otherwise does not conform to the Contract Documents, the Owner will notify the Contractor to make the required repairs or replacement.
11.2 If the Contractor shall neglect to commence such repairs or replacement to the satisfaction of the Owner within ten (10) days
from the date of giving or mailing such notice, then the Owner may employ other persons to make the same.
11.3 The Contractor agrees, upon demand, to pay to the Owner all amounts which the Owner expends for such repairs or
replacements.
11.4 During this one year guarantee period any corrective work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable terms of this
Contract. For items of work completed after use and occupancy has been taken, the one year guarantee shall commence at the time the
Owner accepts such items.
11.5 This one year guarantee shall not limit any express guaranty or warranty provided elsewhere in the Contract.
11.2 SPECIAL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
11.2.1 Guarantees and warranties required in the various sections of the Specifications must be delivered to the Architect before final
payment to the Contractor may be made, or in the case of guarantees and warranties which originate with a Subcontractor's section of the
Work, before final payment for the amount of that subtrade or for the phase of Work to which the guarantee or warranty relates.
11.2.2 The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty shall constitute a failure to fully complete the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
11.2.3 The Contractor's obligation to correct Work as set forth in Paragraph 4.12 is in addition to, and not in substitution of, such
guarantees or warranties as may be required in the various Sections of the Specifications.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
12.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall stay fully informed of all existing and future state and national laws and municipal ordinances and regulations in any manner
affecting those engaged or employed in the work, or the materials used or employed in the work, or in any way affecting the conduct of the Work,
and of all such orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the Contract Work. All provisions of law that
apply to this Contract are hereby made a part of this Contract. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the Contract Documents in
relation to any such law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the Owner in writing.
12.1.1 The Contractor shall cause all of its agents and employees to observe and comply with all such existing and future laws,
ordinances, regulations, orders and decrees.
12.2 CORPORATE DISCLOSURES
The Contractor, if a foreign corporation, shall comply with M.G.L. c.181 §3 and §5, and M.G.L. c.30 §39L.
12.3 VETERANS PREFERENCE
In the employment of mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers in the construction of public works in the Commonwealth,
preference shall first be given to citizens of the Commonwealth who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the
commencement of their employment and who are veterans as defined M.G.L. c.4 §7 (34), and who are qualified to perform the work to which the
employment relates; and secondly, to citizens of the Commonwealth generally who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six
months at the commencement of their employment, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States.
12.4 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
The Director of the Department of Labor and Workforce Development has established the Schedule found in Division One of the Specifications, listing
the prevailing minimum wage rates that must be paid to all workers employed on the Contract. Such Schedule shall continue to be the minimum rate of
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 15 of 18
wages payable to workers on this Contract throughout the term of the Contract. The Contractor shall not have any claim for extra compensation from
the Owner if the actual wages paid to employees on the Contract exceeds the rates listed on the Schedule. The Contractor shall cause a copy of said
Schedule to be kept in a conspicuous place at the Project site during the term of the Contract. (See M.G.L c.149 §26-27H.) If reserve police officers are
employed by the Contractor, they shall be paid the prevailing wage of regular police officers. (See M.G.L c.149 §34B).
12.5 VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
If the Director of the Department of Labor and Workforce Development has established a Schedule of wage rates to be paid to the operators of
trucks, vehicles or equipment for this Project, the Contractor shall be obligated to pay such operators at least the minimum wage rate
contained on such Schedule. (See M.G.L. c.149 §26-27H).
12.6 EIGHT HOUR DAY AND LODGING
12.6.1 No laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working in the employment of the Contractor, Subcontractor or other person doing or
contracting to do the whole or part of the Work, shall be required or permitted to work any more than eight hours in any one day, or more than 48 hours
in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of emergency.
12.6.2 Every employee on the Work shall lodge, board, and trade where and with whom he/she elects, and the Contractor and any
Subcontractor shall not directly or indirectly require, as a condition of employment, that an employee lodge, board, or trade at a particular place or
with a particular person.
12.7 EXECUTIVE ORDERS
The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of M.G.L. c.151B; Executive Order 526, Order regarding Non-Discrimination, Diversity, Equal
Opportunity, and Affirmative Action; pertaining to minority and women owned business enterprises; Executive Order 527 establishing the Office
of Access and Opportunity and Executive Order 481, prohibiting the use of undocumented workers on state contracts and all regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto. The aforementioned law, executive orders, regulations and any amendments are incorporated herein by reference
and made a part of this Contract.
12.8 LEAD BASED PAINT NOTIFICATION
The Contractor shall comply with EPA 40 CFR 745 Subpart E “Residential Property Renovation” for pre-1978 residential properties regarding
Owner and Tenant notification using the Pre-Renovation Form for unit work and/or the Renovation Notice for Tenants in Common Areas of Multi-
family Housing for common/exterior work and the distribution of the EPA pamphlet Renovate Right: Important Lead Hazard Information for
Families, Child Care Providers and Schools prior to renovation activities where more than 2 square feet of painted surfaces per room are disturbed
for interior activities or greater than 10 square feet of painted surfaces are disturbed for exterior activities. This applies to work areas that are known
to contain lead-based paint (greater than or equal to 1.0 mg/cm2 lead via XRF, a “positive” result using sodium sulfide, or 0.5% lead via laboratory
analysis) and to work areas that do not have data regarding the lead concentration in the paint.
12.9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST.
The Contractor covenants, that (1) presently, there is no financial interest and shall not acquire any such interest, direct or indirect,
which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of services required to be performed under this Agreement or
which would violate M.G.L. c.268A, as amended; (2) in the performance of this Contract, no person having any such interest shall be
employed by the Contractor or engaged as a subcontractor by the contractor; and (3) no partner or employee of the firm is related by
blood or marriage to any Board Member or employee of the Awarding Authority.
ARTICLE 13 - NOT USED
ARTICLE 14
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS
14.1 The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religious creed, national
origin, age, handicap, or sex. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment upgrading, demotion or
transfer; recruitment advertising; recruitment layoff; termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; conditions or privileges of
employment; and selection for apprenticeship.
14.2 The Contractor must provide information as is necessary, in the judgment of the Owner or the Department, to ascertain
compliance with the terms of Specification Section 00.73.36.
ARTICLE 15 NOT USED
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 16 of 18
ARTICLE 16
INSURANCE
16.1 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
16.1.1 The Contractor shall take out and maintain insurance coverage as listed in subparagraphs 16.2 - 16.8 with respect to the
operations as well as the completed operations of this Contract. This insurance shall be provided at the Contractor's expense and shall be in
full force and effect for the full term of the Contract.
16.1.2 All policies shall be issued by companies authorized to write that type of insurance under the laws of this Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.
16.2 CONTRACTOR'S COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
16.2.1 Provide the following minimum coverage with respect to the operations performed by any employee, Subcontractor, or supplier:
Bodily Injury & $1,000,000. per occurrence
Property Damage $2,000,000. general aggregate
Products & Completed Operations $2,000,000. aggregate
Fire Damage $1,000,000.
Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000. per occurrence
Umbrella coverage $5,000,000 per occurrence
16.2.2 This policy shall include coverage relating to explosion, collapse, and underground property damage.
16.2.3 This policy shall include contractual liability coverage.
16.2.4 The Contractor shall provide a separate Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability policy in the name of the Owner at the
same limits listed above.
16.2.5 The completed operations coverage shall be maintained for a period of two (2) years after Substantial Completion as defined in
subparagraph 9.6.1.
16.2.6 In addition to the coverage listed above the Remediation Contractor (“Abatement Contractor”) shall provide evidence of specific
coverage under its Commercial General Liability policy. This additional coverage shall be purchased and maintained by the Abatement
Contractor. The policy shall:
.1 be written on a "true" occurrence basis without any "sunset" clause;
.2 have the pollution exclusion amended to add back coverage for all pollution claims.
.3 include separate products and completed operations coverage, which shall be maintained for (2) years after Substantial
Completion, as defined in subparagraph 9.6.1
.4 provide the following limits of insurance:
Bodily Injury & $1,000,000. per occurrence
Property Damage $2,000,000. general aggregate
Products & Completed Operations $2,000,000. aggregate
Fire Damage $1,000,000.
Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000. per occurrence
Umbrella coverage $5,000,000 per occurrence
16.3 VEHICLE LIABILITY
Provide the following minimum coverage with respect to the operations of any employee, including coverage for owned, non-owned, and
hired vehicles:
Bodily Injury and $ 1,000,000. each person
Property Damage $ 1,000,000. each accident
Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000
16.4 WORKER'S COMPENSATION
Provide the following coverage in accordance with M.G.L. c.149 §34A and c.152 as amended:
Worker's Compensation
Coverage A Provide Statutory Minimum
Employer's Liability $ 500,000. each accident
Coverage B $ 500,000. disease per employee
$ 500,000. disease policy
16.5 PROPERTY COVERAGE
16.5.1 Provide Builder’s Risk (Special Perils) coverage against loss or damage by fire and against loss or damage covered by the special
perils insurance endorsement on all work included in this contract in an amount equal to at least 80% of Contract Amount.
16.5.2 When work will be completed on existing buildings owned by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide an installation floater, in
the full amount of the Contract, for the requirements set forth in Subparagraph 16.5.
16.5.3 This policy and/or installation floater shall indicate if Stored Materials coverage is provided as required by Paragraph 10.4.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 17 of 18
16.6.1 The policy or policies shall specifically state that they are for the benefit of and payable to the Owner, the Department, the
Contractor, and all persons furnishing labor or labor and materials for the Contract Work, as their interests may appear
16.6.2 The Builder’s Risk (Special Perils) coverage shall include any costs for work performed by the Architect or any consultant as the
result of a loss experienced during the life of this contract.
16.7 OWNER AS ADDITIONAL INSURED
The Owner and Department shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor's Commercial Liability Policies.
16.8 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE, POLICIES
16.8.1 Certificates of insurance, acceptable to the Owner, shall be submitted to the Owner simultaneously with the execution of the
Contract. Certificates shall indicate that the contractual liability coverage, and Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability coverage is in
force, as well as the deletions of the XCU exclusions.
16.8.2 The Contractor shall file the original and one certified copy of all policies with the Owner and one with the Department within
sixty days after Contract award. If the Owner is damaged by the Contractor's failure to maintain such insurance and to so notify the Owner,
then the Contractor shall be responsible for all reasonable costs attributable thereto.
16.9 CANCELLATION
Cancellation of any insurance required by this contract, whether by the insurer or the insured, shall not be valid unless written notice
thereof is given by the party proposing cancellation to the other party and Owner at least thirty days prior to the effective date thereof,
which shall be expressed in said notice
ARTICLE 17
INDEMNIFICATION
The Contractor shall take all responsibility for the Work and take all precautions for preventing injuries to persons and property in or about
the Work; shall bear all losses resulting from or on account of the amount or character of the Work. The Contractor shall pay or cause
payment to be made for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in carrying out this Contract. The
Contractor shall assume the defense of, and indemnify and save harmless, the Architect, the Owner, the Department and their officers and
agents from all claims relating to: labor performed or furnished and materials used or employed for the Work; inventions, patents and
patent rights used in and in doing the Work unless such patent infringement is due to a product or process specified by the Owner; injuries
to any person or corporation received or sustained by or from the Contractor and any employees, and Subcontractors and employees, in
doing the work, or in consequence of any improper materials, implements or labor used or employed therein; and any act, omission, or
neglect of the Contractor and any employees.
ARTICLE 18
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
18.1 CONTRACTOR BONDS
18.1.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with performance and payment (labor and materials) bonds in the form provided by the
Department, executed by a surety licensed by the Commonwealth's Division of Insurance. Each such bond shall be in the amount of the
Contract Sum.
18.1.2 If at any time prior to final payment to the Contractor, the Surety:
.1 is adjudged bankrupt or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
.2 has liquidated all assets and has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
.3 is placed in receivership;
.4 otherwise petitions a state or federal court for protection from its creditors; or
.5 allows its license to do business in Massachusetts to lapse or be revoked;
the Contractor shall, within 21 days of any such action listed above, provide the Owner with new performance and payment bonds as
described in Paragraph 18.1.1. Such bonds shall be provided solely at the Contractor's expense.
ARTICLE 19
TERMINATION
19.1 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE
19.1.1 The Owner may terminate this contract for cause if it determines that any of the following circumstances have occurred:
.1 The Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
.2 A receiver has been appointed of the Contractor's property;
.3 All or a part of the Work has been abandoned;
.4 The Contractor has sublet or assigned all or any portion of the Work, the Contract, or claims thereunder, without the prior written
consent of the Owner, except as provided in the Contract;
.5 The Architect has determined that the rate of progress required on the project is not being met, or
.6 The Contractor has substantially violated any provisions of this Contract.
25-100
DHCD $25K-$100K GENERAL CONDITIONS 00.72.25
07/01/2011 18 of 18
19.1.2 In the event of such termination, the Owner may hold the Contractor and its sureties liable in damages as for a breach of contract,
or the Owner may notify the Contractor to discontinue all work, or any part thereof, and the Contractor shall discontinue all work, or any
part thereof, as the Owner may designate.
19.1.3 The Owner may complete the work, or any part thereof, and charge the expense of completing the Work or part thereof, to the
Contractor.
19.1.4 The Owner may take possession of and use any materials, machinery, implements and tools found upon the site of said Work.
The Owner shall not be liable for any depreciation, loss or damage to said materials, machinery, implements or tools during said use and
the Contractor shall be solely responsible for their removal from the Project site after the Owner has no further use for them.
19.1.5 The Owner may, at its option, require the surety or sureties to complete the Contract.
19.2 TERMINATION LIABILITIES
19.2.1 All expenses charged under Paragraph 19.1 shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of any moneys then due or to become due the
Contractor under this Contract; and in such accounting the Owner shall not be held to obtain the lowest figures, by competitive bid or otherwise, for
the completion of the Work or any part thereof.
19.2.2 All sums actually paid by the Owner to complete the Work shall be charged to the Contractor. In case the expenses charged are
less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, the Contractor
shall be entitled to receive the difference. In case such expenses shall exceed the said sum, the Contractor shall pay the amount of the
excess to the Owner.
19.2.3 Expenses incurred under subparagraph 19.1 shall also include, but not be limited to, costs for Architectural extra services and
Project Representative services required, in the opinion of the Owner, to successfully inspect and administer the construction contract
through final completion, as described in Paragraph 9.7.
19.3 TERMINATION - NO FAULT
19.3.1 In the event that this Contract is terminated by the Owner, and termination is not based on a reason listed in Paragraph 19.1, the
Contractor shall be compensated for its costs incurred on the Project, including reasonable costs of demobilization, calculated on a percent
completion basis as provided in Article 10, covering the period of time between the last periodic payment and the date of termination.
19.3.2 Payment by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 19.3.1 shall be considered to fully compensate the Contractor for all claims and
expenses and those of any consultants, Subcontractors, and suppliers, directly or indirectly attributable to the termination, including any
claims for lost profits.
19.4 ADMINISTRATOR'S APPROVAL
Termination of the Contract requires the prior approval of the Administrator.
DHCD 9/9/2009 EEO Requirements 00.73.36
1 of 3
00.73.36
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS
1. DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Section 00.73.36, the following additional definitions shall apply:
A. "Minority" means a person who meets one or more of the following definitions:
(1.) American Indian or Native American means: all persons having origins in any of the original
peoples of North America and who are recognized as an Indian by a tribe or tribal
organization.
(2.) Asian means: All persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East,
Southeast Asia, the Indian sub-continent, or the Pacific Islands, including, but Not limited to
China, Japan, Korea, Samoa, India, and the Philippine Islands.
(3) Black means: All persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of Africa, including,
but not limited to, African-Americans, and all persons having origins in any of the original
peoples of the Cape Verdean Islands.
(4) Eskimo or Aleut means: All persons having origins in any of the peoples of Northern Canada,
Greenland, Alaska, and Eastern Siberia.
(5) Hispanic means: All persons having their origins in any of the Spanish-speaking peoples of
Mexico, Puerto Rico, Cuba, Central or South America, or the Caribbean Islands.
B. "Commission" or "MCAD" means the Massachusetts Commission Against Discrimination.
C. "E.E.O. Officer" or Equal Employment Opportunity Officer means those persons designated by
the Contractor, the Owner, or any other agency or party having jurisdiction under this contract,
that serve in a capacity to implement this Section.
2 CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of
race, color, religious creed, national origin, age, handicap, or sex. The aforesaid provision shall
include, but not be limited to, the following: employment upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment
advertising; recruitment layoff; termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; conditions or
privileges of employment; and selection for apprenticeship.
B. The Contractor shall post notices provided by the Commission, in conspicuous places, setting
forth the provisions of the Fair Employment Practices Law of the Commonwealth.
C. The Contractor shall undertake in good faith affirmative action measures designed to eliminate
any discriminatory barriers in the terms and conditions of employment on the grounds of race,
color, religious creed, national origin, age, handicap, or sex, and to eliminate and remedy any
effects of such discrimination in the past. Such affirmative action shall entail positive and
aggressive measures to ensure equal opportunity in the areas of hiring, upgrading, demotion or
transfer, recruitment, layoff or termination, rate of compensation, and in-service or
apprenticeship training programs. This affirmative action shall include all action required to
guarantee equal employment opportunity for all persons, regardless of race, color, religious
creed, national origin, age or sex.
D. The Contractor shall not discriminate on grounds of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age, or sex
in employment practices, in the selection or retention of Subcontractors, or in the procurement of materials
and rentals of equipment.
E. The Commission and a designee of the Owner shall have access to the construction site and all
applicable records of the Contractor and Subcontractors.
DHCD 9/9/2009 EEO Requirements 00.73.36
2 of 3
F. The Contractor's EEO Certificate must be signed by the low general and all filed sub-bidders as
a condition of Contract validation by the Department.
3 MINORITY GOAL MINIMUM MINORITY PERCENTAGES
A. Pursuant to his/her obligations under the preceding section, the Contractor shall strive to
achieve on this project the labor participation goals contained herein
The participation goals for this project shall be 15.3% for minorities and 6.9% for women.
B. The participation goals, as set forth herein, shall not be construed as quotas or set-asides;
rather, such participation goals will be used to measure the progress of the Commonwealth's
equal opportunity, non-discrimination and affirmative action program. Additionally, the
participation goals contained herein should not be seen or treated as a floor or as a ceiling for
the employment of particular individuals or group of individuals.
C. Such job categories shall include but not be limited to those "Classes of Work" enumerated in
M.G.L. c.149 §44F and for trades covered by Item 1 of the Contractor's bid.
D. These percentages shall apply to the Contractor and to all Subcontractors, regardless of tier,
for all on-site Work.
4 REFERRALS
A In the hiring of minority journeymen, apprentices, trainees and advanced trainees, the Contractor
shall rely on referrals from a multi-employer affirmative action program approved by the
Department or the Commission; and traditional referral methods utilized by the construction
industry, where such referrals are needed to meet minority hiring requirements. The Contractor
shall keep accurate records of such requests for referrals.
B. Records of employment referral orders, prepared by the Contractor, shall be made available to
the Owner and to the Department upon request.
5 EEO WORK FORCE REPORTING PROCEDURES
A. The Contractor shall provide the following information to the Owner on copies of the forms found
at the end of this Section.
(1.) Weekly Manpower Reports 00.73.36.04: The Contractor shall prepare a report after
each week of activity, reflecting the actual working hours of all personnel identified as
minority or non-minority.
(a) This report shall be received by the Owner no later than the Friday following the
week reported.
(b) Failure to provide information shall result in sanctions as provided in this section.
6. COMPLIANCE - REPORTS AND INFORMATION
The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Owner or the Department and will
permit access to its facilities and to any books, records, accounts and other sources of information which
may be determined by the Owner or the Department to affect the employment of personnel. Where
information required is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this
information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Owner or the Department as appropriate and shall set
forth what efforts have been made to obtain the information.
DHCD 9/9/2009 EEO Requirements 00.73.36
3 of 3
7. COMPLIANCE - INVESTIGATIONS
A. Whenever the Owner's EEO Officer, the MCAD, or the Department believes the Contractor may
not be operating in compliance with the terms of these requirements, the Department shall
conduct an investigation, and may confer with the parties, to verify such allegations. The
Department shall not initiate an investigation without prior notice to the Contractor.
B. If the Department finds the Contractor in non-compliance, it shall make a preliminary report, and
notify the Contractor in writing of the steps necessary to bring such Contractor into compliance.
A copy of this report shall be sent to the Department's Affirmative Action Officer.
8 COMPLIANCE - DEPARTMENT - AFFIRMATIVE ACTION INVESTIGATION
A. If the Contractor fails or refuses to fully perform the steps necessary to achieve compliance, the
Department shall make a report of non-compliance to the Department's Affirmative Action Officer, who
will then conduct an investigation.
B. Should the Department's Affirmative Action Officer find the Contractor in non-compliance a final
report recommending the imposition of one or more of the sanctions listed below shall be issued.
C. Within fifteen (15) days of said report the Department shall, after due notice and giving the
Contractor an opportunity to respond, move to impose one or more of the following sanctions to
attain compliance.
D. If the Department's Affirmative Action Office believes the Contractor has taken or is taking every
possible measure to achieve compliance, a report shall show the Contractor is in compliance.
9 SANCTIONS
A. For each week that the Contractor fails or refuses to comply, the Department may recover from the
Contractor, 1/100 of 1% of the original Contract Sum or $1000 whichever sum is greater, in the nature
of liquidated damages.
B. If a Subcontractor is in non-compliance, the Department may recover from the Contractor, 1/10
of 1% of the Subcontract Sum, or $400 whichever sum is greater, in the nature of liquidated
damages, to be assessed by the Contractor as a back charge against the Subcontractor for
each week that Subcontractor fails or refuses to comply.
C. The Owner may suspend part or all of any payment due under the contract until such time as the
Contractor or any Subcontractor is able to demonstrate compliance with the terms of the
Contract;
D. The Owner may terminate, or cancel part or all of the Contract, in accordance with the provisions
of Article 19 of the General Conditions, unless the Contractor or any Subcontractor is able to
demonstrate, within a specified time, compliance with the terms of the Contract.
E. The Contractor may request the Department and Owner to suspend the sanctions conditionally.
Whereupon the Department shall investigate corrective measures taken by the Contractor and shall
either lift or re-impose the sanctions.
10. SEVERABILITY
The provisions of this section are severable, and if any of these provisions shall be held unconstitutional by any
court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair any of the remaining
provisions of the Contract.
End of Section 00.73.36
EEO Requirements
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Contractor’s EEO Certificate 00.73.36.01
FORM OF CONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Department of Housing and Community Development
This form must be completed and submitted by the Contractor prior to the signing of the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
This certifies that:
Contractor
Street Address
City/State/Zip Code
1. Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under this contract:
2. Will comply with the minority manpower ratio and specific affirmative action steps contained in Section
00.73.36 of this Contract; and
3. Will obtain similar certifications from each of its subcontractors and submit to the Owner prior to the award of
any subcontract under this contract the subcontractor’s certification.
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CONTRACTOR
NAME AND TITLE
DATE
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD All Projects Weekly Manpower Report 00.73.36.04
9/9/2009
Massachusetts Department of
Housing and Community Development
CONTRACTOR'S WEEKLY MANPOWER REPORT
Housing Authority Development No. Contract Amount $
General Contractor: Minority Participation Goal 15.3% Women Participation Goal 6.9%
Name of Contractor Filing Report: Trade(s):
Week Ending: Report No.: q Check Here if you are a non-filed Subcontractor
q Check Here if this is a Final Report Date Work Began: Date Work Completed
Job
Category
# of
Employees
Weekly
Total
Manhours
Total
Manhours
to Date
# of
Minorities
Weekly
Total
Minority
Manhours
Weekly %
Minority
Manhours
# of
Women
Weekly
Total
Women
Manhours
Weekly %
Women
Manhours
Total
Manhours
to Date
Total
Minority
Manhours
to Date
% of
Minority
Manhours
to Date
Total
Women
Manhours
to Date
% of
Women
Manhours
to Date
Mail Reports to: Department of Housing and Community Development Prepared by:
100 Cambridge St Ste 300
Boston, MA 02114 Title:
Attn: Legal Office
Date: 200
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 7/2009 Labor Regulations 00.73.43
1 of 1
SECTION 00.73.43
PREVAILING WAGES and LABOR REGULATIONS
1. PREVAILING WAGE RATES
A. The rate per hour to be paid to mechanics, apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and
laborers employed on the Work shall not be less than the rate of wages in the
attached "Minimum Wage Rates" as determined by the Commissioner of the
Massachusetts Department of Labor Division of Occupational Safety. This schedule
shall continue to be the minimum rate of wages for said employees during the life of
this Contract. Any questions relative to the applicability of any wage rate shall be
directed to the Division of Occupational Safety.
B. Keep a legible copy of said schedule posted on the site at all times. Provide the
Owner, on a weekly basis, and keep an on-site file of the wage rates and
classifications of labor employed on this Work in order that they may be available for
inspection by the Owner, Department, Architect, or any agency having jurisdiction.
C. Pay reserve police officers employed on the Work the prevailing rate of wages paid
to regular police officers as required by MGL c149 § 34B, as amended. Such police
officers shall be covered by Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employers
Liability Insurance provided by the Contractor.
2. WAGE RATE REPORTING
A. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall provide certified payroll affidavits
verifying compliance with MGL c.149 §§26 - 27H.
B. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall provide a Statement of Compliance
within 15 days of the completion of its portion of the work. This statement shall be
submitted to the Owner on the form found elsewhere in this section.
3. APPRENTICE REQUIREMENTS
Apprentices employed pursuant to this determination of wage rates must be registered
and approved by the State Apprenticeship Council wherever rates for journeymen or
apprentices are not listed.
4. EMPLOYEE OSHA SAFETY TRAINING
A. All employees who work on this construction site must have no less than 10 hours
of OSHA-approved safety and health training. See Chapter 306 of the Acts of 2004.
B. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall furnish to the Owner, with the certified
payroll reports, documentation indicating that each employee has successfully
completed 10 hours of a course in construction safety and health. This course must be
approved by the United States Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA).
INSERT WAGE RATES OBTAINED FROM
Department of Labor, Division of Occupational Safety
END OF SECTION 00.73.43
This page intentionally blank.
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS
As determined by the Director under the provisions of the
Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H
EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
Prevailing Wage Rates
DEVAL L. PATRICK JOANNE F. GOLDSTEIN
SecretaryGovernor
HEATHER E. ROWETIMOTHY P. MURRAY
Window and door replacements and miscellaneous accessibility renovations at three housing authority sites:
Tobin Manor 667-3, Bridge Street 689-1, Jessie’s House 689-2
DirectorLt. Governor
Awarding Authority:Northampton Housing Authority
City/Town:Contract Number:DHCD 214073 NORTHAMPTON
Description of Work:
Job Location:56 Maple Street, 96 Bridge Street, 143 West Street
Wage Request Number: 20130530-018Issue Date:05/30/2013
Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors
•This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the “Wage
Request Number” on all pages of this schedule.
•Awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards (“DLS”) if it has not
opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule.
•The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L. c. 149, §
27. Once a contractor has been selected by the awarding authority, the wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract for that
project. The wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site during the life of the project in accordance with
M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. The wages listed on the wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the
project regardless of whether they are employed by the prime contractor, a filed sub-bidder, or any sub-contractor.
•All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Division of Apprentice Training
(DAT). Apprentices must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours on the project. If an
apprentice rate is listed on the prevailing wage schedule for the trade in which an apprentice is registered with the DAT, the
apprentice may be paid the lower apprentice wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. If an
apprentice rate is not listed on the prevailing wage schedule for the trade in which an apprentice is registered with the
DAT, the apprentice must be paid the journeyworker’s rate for the trade.
•The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project, except in the case of multi-year public construction
projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year, awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule.
Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the contract
was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor. Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from
awarding authorities, and to pay no less than these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to
27F “rental of equipment” contracts.
•Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll
reports directly to the awarding authority and keep them on file for three years. Each weekly payroll report must contain: the
employee’s name, address, occupational classification, hours worked, and wages paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to
DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at http://www.mass.gov/dols/pw.
•Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative
obligation to inquire with DLS at (617) 626-6953.
•Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor
Division of the office of the Attorney General at (617) 727-3465.
•Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who
perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and criminal
penalties.
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
Construction
(2 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B
$47.36 12/01/2012 $8.91 $0.00 $30.45 $8.00
(3 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $47.43 12/01/2012 $8.91 $0.00 $30.52 $8.00
(4 & 5 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $47.71 12/01/2012 $9.07 $0.00 $30.64 $8.00
ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3)$109.79 08/01/2012 $9.80 $0.00 $82.32 $17.67
$112.94 08/01/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $85.47 $17.67
$116.09 08/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $88.62 $17.67
$119.24 08/01/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $91.77 $17.67
AIR TRACK OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$45.09 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.80 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
AIR TRACK OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$44.22 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.72 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.74 $9.88
$48.47 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $31.49 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
ASBESTOS WORKER (PIPES & TANKS)
HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (SPRINGFIELD)$42.02 12/01/2012 $10.40 $0.00 $26.17 $5.45
$42.74 06/01/2013 $10.40 $0.00 $26.89 $5.45
$43.46 12/01/2013 $10.40 $0.00 $27.61 $5.45
$44.27 06/01/2014 $10.40 $0.00 $28.42 $5.45
$45.08 12/01/2014 $10.40 $0.00 $29.23 $5.45
$45.94 06/01/2015 $10.40 $0.00 $30.09 $5.45
$46.79 12/01/2015 $10.40 $0.00 $30.94 $5.45
ASPHALT RAKER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
ASPHALT RAKER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
$43.72 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.74 $9.88
$44.22 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.97 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 2 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
AUTOMATIC GRADER-EXCAVATOR (RECLAIMER)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98
$50.29 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.67 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
BATCH/CEMENT PLANT - ON SITE
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.76 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.14 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$45.09 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.80 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTER (HEAVY &
HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
$44.22 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.72 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.74 $9.88
$48.47 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $31.49 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
BOILER MAKER
BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29 $55.85 01/01/2010 $6.97 $0.00 $37.70 $11.18
BOILERMAKER - Local 29Apprentice -
01/01/2010
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $24.51 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $42.66 65
2 $24.51 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $42.66 65
3 $26.39 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $44.54 70
4 $28.28 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $46.43 75
5 $30.16 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $48.31 80
6 $32.05 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $50.20 85
7 $33.93 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $52.08 90
8 $35.82 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $53.97 95
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 3 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY (INCL. MASONRY
WATERPROOFING)
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPRINGFIELD/PITTSFIELD)
$62.08 03/04/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $35.91 $15.99
$63.05 09/02/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $36.81 $16.06
$63.61 03/03/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $37.37 $16.06
$64.58 09/01/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $38.27 $16.13
$65.14 03/02/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $38.83 $16.13
$66.11 08/31/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $39.73 $16.20
$66.68 02/29/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $40.30 $16.20
$67.66 09/05/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $41.20 $16.28
$68.23 02/27/2017 $10.18 $0.00 $41.77 $16.28
BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON - Local 3 Springfield/PittsfieldApprentice -
03/04/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $17.96 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $44.13 50
2 $21.55 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $47.72 60
3 $25.14 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $51.31 70
4 $28.73 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $54.90 80
5 $32.32 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $58.49 90
09/02/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $18.41 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $44.65 50
2 $22.09 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $48.33 60
3 $25.77 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $52.01 70
4 $29.45 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $55.69 80
5 $33.13 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $59.37 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
BULLDOZER/POWER SHOVEL/TREE SHREDDER
/CLAM SHELLOPERATING
ENGINEERS LOCAL 98
$50.29 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.67 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $53.15 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $33.45 $12.60
$53.90 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $34.20 $12.60
$54.65 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $34.95 $12.60
$55.40 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $35.70 $12.60
$56.15 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $36.45 $12.60
$56.90 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $37.20 $12.60
$57.65 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $37.95 $12.60
$58.40 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $38.70 $12.60
$59.40 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $39.70 $12.60
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 4 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $52.00 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $32.30 $12.60
$52.75 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.05 $12.60
$53.50 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.80 $12.60
$54.25 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $34.55 $12.60
$55.00 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $35.30 $12.60
$55.75 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.05 $12.60
$56.50 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.80 $12.60
$57.25 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $37.55 $12.60
$58.25 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $38.55 $12.60
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MAN
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $52.00 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $32.30 $12.60
$52.75 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.05 $12.60
$53.50 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.80 $12.60
$54.25 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $34.55 $12.60
$55.00 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $35.30 $12.60
$55.75 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.05 $12.60
$56.50 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.80 $12.60
$57.25 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $37.55 $12.60
$58.25 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $38.55 $12.60
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)
$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
CARPENTER
CARPENTERS LOCAL 108 - HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE $51.60 03/04/2013 $7.20 $0.00 $31.04 $13.36
$52.35 09/02/2013 $7.20 $0.00 $31.79 $13.36
$53.10 03/03/2014 $7.20 $0.00 $32.54 $13.36
$53.85 09/01/2014 $7.20 $0.00 $33.29 $13.36
$54.65 03/02/2015 $7.20 $0.00 $34.09 $13.36
$55.45 08/31/2015 $7.20 $0.00 $34.89 $13.36
$56.20 02/29/2016 $7.20 $0.00 $35.64 $13.36
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 5 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
CARPENTER - Local 108 Hampden HampshireApprentice -
03/04/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $15.52 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $23.84 50
2 $18.62 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $26.94 60
3 $21.73 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $38.93 70
4 $23.28 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $40.48 75
5 $24.83 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.15 80
6 $24.83 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.15 80
7 $27.94 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $47.38 90
8 $27.94 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $47.38 90
09/02/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $15.90 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $24.22 50
2 $19.07 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $27.39 60
3 $22.25 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $39.45 70
4 $23.84 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $41.04 75
5 $25.43 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.75 80
6 $25.43 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.75 80
7 $28.61 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $48.05 90
8 $28.61 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $48.05 90
Notes: Pre-6/09 Step1$23.47/2$25.02/3$39.18/4$42.29/5$45.39/6$46.94
** 1: 1-5/2: 6-8/3:9-11/Steps: 6 mos (600 hrs)/rates by step
7$48.50/8$50.05
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:**
CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPRINGFIELD/PITTSFIELD)$61.94 03/04/2013 $10.60 $1.30 $36.20 $13.84
$62.88 09/02/2013 $10.60 $1.30 $37.14 $13.84
$63.42 03/03/2014 $10.60 $1.30 $37.68 $13.84
$64.36 09/01/2014 $10.60 $1.30 $38.62 $13.84
$64.91 03/02/2015 $10.60 $1.30 $39.17 $13.84
$65.85 08/31/2015 $10.60 $1.30 $40.11 $13.84
$66.40 02/29/2016 $10.60 $1.30 $40.66 $13.84
$67.35 09/05/2016 $10.60 $1.30 $41.61 $13.84
$67.90 02/27/2017 $10.60 $1.30 $42.16 $13.84
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 6 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING - Springfield/PittsfieldApprentice -
03/04/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 0
Notes: Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps;
1$45.34/2$51.09/3$54.22/4$57.35/5$60.47/6$63.60/7$68.86
Steps are 6000 hours
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
CHAIN SAW OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
COMPRESSOR OPERATOR
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.76 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.14 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
CRANE/BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $50.29 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.67 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
DELEADER (BRIDGE)
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3
$68.41 01/01/2013 $7.80 $0.00 $45.01 $15.60
PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $22.51 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $30.31 50
2 $24.76 $7.80 $3.52 $0.00 $36.08 55
3 $27.01 $7.80 $3.84 $0.00 $38.65 60
4 $29.26 $7.80 $4.16 $0.00 $41.22 65
5 $31.51 $7.80 $13.68 $0.00 $52.99 70
6 $33.76 $7.80 $14.00 $0.00 $55.56 75
7 $36.01 $7.80 $14.32 $0.00 $58.13 80
8 $40.51 $7.80 $14.96 $0.00 $63.27 90
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
DEMO: ADZEMAN
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$51.35 12/01/2011 $7.10 $0.00 $31.80 $12.45
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$52.35 12/01/2011 $7.10 $0.00 $32.80 $12.45
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: BURNERS
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$52.10 12/01/2011 $7.10 $0.00 $32.55 $12.45
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 7 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
DEMO: CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)
$52.35 12/01/2011 $7.10 $0.00 $32.80 $12.45
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: JACKHAMMER OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$52.10 12/01/2011 $7.10 $0.00 $32.55 $12.45
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: WRECKING LABORER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$51.35 12/01/2011 $7.10 $0.00 $31.80 $12.45
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DIVER
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3)$82.35 08/01/2012 $9.80 $0.00 $54.88 $17.67
$84.45 08/01/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $56.98 $17.67
$86.55 08/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $59.08 $17.67
$88.65 08/01/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $61.18 $17.67
DIVER TENDER
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3)$82.35 08/01/2012 $9.80 $0.00 $54.88 $17.67
$84.45 08/01/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $56.98 $17.67
$86.55 08/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $59.08 $17.67
$88.65 08/01/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $61.18 $17.67
DIVER TENDER (EFFLUENT)
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3)$86.27 08/01/2012 $9.80 $0.00 $58.80 $17.67
$88.52 08/01/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $61.05 $17.67
$90.77 08/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $63.30 $17.67
$93.02 08/01/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $65.55 $17.67
DIVER/SLURRY (EFFLUENT)
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3)$109.79 08/01/2012 $9.80 $0.00 $82.32 $17.67
$112.94 08/01/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $85.47 $17.67
$116.09 08/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $88.62 $17.67
$119.24 08/01/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $91.77 $17.67
ELECTRICIAN (Including Core Drilling)
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $53.62 03/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $35.36 $9.21
$54.65 07/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.36 $9.24
$55.17 12/30/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.86 $9.26
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 8 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
ELECTRICIAN - Local 7Apprentice -
03/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.14 $4.00 $0.42 $0.00 $18.56 40
2 $15.91 $4.00 $0.48 $0.00 $20.39 45
3 $17.68 $9.05 $5.18 $0.00 $31.91 50
4 $19.45 $9.05 $5.23 $0.00 $33.73 55
5 $22.98 $9.05 $6.34 $0.00 $38.37 65
6 $24.75 $9.05 $7.39 $0.00 $41.19 70
07/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.54 $4.00 $0.44 $0.00 $18.98 40
2 $16.36 $4.00 $0.49 $0.00 $20.85 45
3 $18.18 $9.05 $5.20 $0.00 $32.43 50
4 $20.00 $9.05 $5.25 $0.00 $34.30 55
5 $23.63 $9.05 $6.36 $0.00 $39.04 65
6 $25.45 $9.05 $7.41 $0.00 $41.91 70
Notes: Pre-5/31/11 1$27.26/2$29.08/3$35.55/4$37.37/5$41.64/6$43.64
Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3****
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41
$63.11 01/01/2012 $8.78 $0.00 $47.37 $6.96
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR - Local 41Apprentice -
01/01/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $23.69 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $39.43 50
2 $26.05 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $41.79 55
3 $30.79 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $46.53 65
4 $33.16 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $48.90 70
5 $37.90 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $53.64 80
Notes:
Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 $48.90 01/01/2012 $8.78 $0.00 $33.16 $6.96
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 9 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$43.72 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.74 $9.88
$44.22 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.97 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
FIELD ENG.INST/ROD-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $27.74 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $18.84 $4.10
FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF:BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $30.23 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $21.33 $4.10
FIELD ENG.SURVEY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $31.23 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $22.33 $4.10
FIRE ALARM INSTALLER
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $53.62 03/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $35.36 $9.21
$54.65 07/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.36 $9.24
$55.17 12/30/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.86 $9.26
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN"
FIRE ALARM REPAIR / MAINTENANCE
/ COMMISSIONINGELECTRICIANS
LOCAL 7
$53.62 03/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $35.36 $9.21
$54.65 07/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.36 $9.24
$55.17 12/30/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.86 $9.26
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN"
FIREMAN
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.76 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.14 $9.92
OPERATING ENGINEERS - Local 98 Class 3Apprentice -
12/01/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $18.08 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $37.70 60
2 $21.10 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $40.72 70
3 $24.11 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $43.73 80
4 $27.13 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $46.75 90
Notes:
Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.; Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 10 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
FLAGGER & SIGNALER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$37.48 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
$37.48 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $20.50 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
FLOORCOVERER
FLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE II $62.81 03/01/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $36.30 $16.71
$62.81 09/01/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $36.30 $16.71
$62.81 03/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $36.30 $16.71
FLOORCOVERER - Local 2168 Zone IIApprentice -
03/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $18.15 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $29.74 50
2 $19.97 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $31.56 55
3 $21.78 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $42.92 60
4 $23.60 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $44.74 65
5 $25.41 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $48.34 70
6 $27.23 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $50.16 75
7 $29.04 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $53.76 80
8 $30.86 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $55.58 85
09/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $18.15 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $29.74 50
2 $19.97 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $31.56 55
3 $21.78 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $42.92 60
4 $23.60 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $44.74 65
5 $25.41 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $48.34 70
6 $27.23 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $50.16 75
7 $29.04 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $53.76 80
8 $30.86 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $55.58 85
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
FORK LIFT
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.98 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.36 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
GENERATORS/LIGHTING PLANTS
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $46.53 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $26.91 $9.92
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 11 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
GLAZIER (GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR
SYSTEMS)
GLAZIERS LOCAL 1333
$49.93 06/01/2012 $8.90 $0.00 $33.78 $7.25
GLAZIER - Local 1333Apprentice -
06/01/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $16.89 $8.90 $1.00 $0.00 $26.79 50
2 $19.00 $8.90 $1.00 $0.00 $28.90 56
3 $21.11 $8.90 $1.50 $0.00 $31.51 63
4 $23.22 $8.90 $1.50 $0.00 $33.62 69
5 $25.34 $8.90 $2.00 $0.00 $36.24 75
6 $27.45 $8.90 $2.00 $0.00 $38.35 81
7 $29.56 $8.90 $7.25 $0.00 $45.71 88
8 $31.67 $8.90 $7.25 $0.00 $47.82 94
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
GRADER/TRENCHING MACHINE/DERRICK
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $50.29 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.67 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
HVAC (DUCTWORK)
SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $54.72 01/01/2013 $8.64 $1.59 $31.56 $12.93
$55.50 07/01/2013 $8.64 $1.62 $32.31 $12.93
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER"
HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS)
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $53.62 03/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $35.36 $9.21
$54.65 07/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.36 $9.24
$55.17 12/30/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.86 $9.26
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN"
HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING - AIR)
SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $54.72 01/01/2013 $8.64 $1.59 $31.56 $12.93
$55.50 07/01/2013 $8.64 $1.62 $32.31 $12.93
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER"
HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER)
PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $57.86 03/17/2013 $8.30 $0.00 $35.81 $13.75
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"
HVAC MECHANIC
PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $57.86 03/17/2013 $8.30 $0.00 $35.81 $13.75
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 12 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
HYDRAULIC DRILLS (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$44.22 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.72 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.74 $9.88
$48.47 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $31.49 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS)
HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (SPRINGFIELD)$55.32 09/01/2012 $10.65 $0.00 $33.17 $11.50
$56.92 09/01/2013 $10.65 $0.00 $34.77 $11.50
$58.92 09/01/2014 $10.65 $0.00 $36.77 $11.50
ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) - Local 6 SpringfieldApprentice -
09/01/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $16.59 $10.65 $8.60 $0.00 $35.84 50
2 $19.90 $10.65 $9.18 $0.00 $39.73 60
3 $23.22 $10.65 $9.76 $0.00 $43.63 70
4 $26.54 $10.65 $10.34 $0.00 $47.53 80
09/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $17.39 $10.65 $8.60 $0.00 $36.64 50
2 $20.86 $10.65 $9.18 $0.00 $40.69 60
3 $24.34 $10.65 $9.76 $0.00 $44.75 70
4 $27.82 $10.65 $10.34 $0.00 $48.81 80
Notes:
Steps are 1 year
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4
IRONWORKER/WELDER
IRONWORKERS LOCAL 7 (SPRINGFIELD AREA)$53.85 09/16/2012 $7.70 $0.00 $28.05 $18.10
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 13 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
IRONWORKER - Local 7 SpringfieldApprentice -
09/16/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $16.83 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $42.63 60
2 $19.64 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $45.44 70
3 $21.04 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $46.84 75
4 $22.44 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $48.24 80
5 $23.84 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $49.64 85
6 $25.25 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $51.05 90
Notes:
Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:
JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)
$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.34 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.05 $10.19
LABORER - Zone 3 Building & SiteApprentice -
12/03/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $16.23 $7.10 $10.19 $0.00 $33.52 60
2 $18.94 $7.10 $10.19 $0.00 $36.23 70
3 $21.64 $7.10 $10.19 $0.00 $38.93 80
4 $24.35 $7.10 $10.19 $0.00 $41.64 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
LABORER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$43.47 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.49 $9.88
$43.97 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $26.99 $9.88
$44.47 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.49 $9.88
$44.97 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $27.99 $9.88
$45.47 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.49 $9.88
$45.97 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $28.99 $9.88
$46.47 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.49 $9.88
$46.97 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $29.99 $9.88
$47.72 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.74 $9.88
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 14 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
LABORER (Heavy & Highway) - Zone 3Apprentice -
12/01/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $15.89 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $32.87 60
2 $18.54 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $35.52 70
3 $21.19 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $38.17 80
4 $23.84 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $40.82 90
06/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $16.19 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $33.17 60
2 $18.89 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $35.87 70
3 $21.59 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $38.57 80
4 $24.29 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $41.27 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.34 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.05 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.34 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.64 $9.60
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: MASON TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)
$45.34 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $28.05 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: MASON TENDER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$43.72 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.74 $9.88
$44.22 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.97 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
LABORER: MULTI-TRADE TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.34 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.05 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: TREE REMOVER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.34 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.05 $10.19
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 15 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
This classification applies to the wholesale removal
of standing trees including all associated trimming of branches and limbs, and applies to the removal of branches at locations not on or around utility lines. For
apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LASER BEAM OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LASER BEAM OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$43.72 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.74 $9.88
$44.22 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.97 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE
$55.16 03/04/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $29.28 $15.70
$56.13 09/02/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $30.19 $15.76
$56.69 03/03/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $30.75 $15.76
$57.66 09/01/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $31.66 $15.82
$58.22 03/02/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $32.22 $15.82
$59.19 08/31/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $33.13 $15.88
$59.76 02/29/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $33.70 $15.88
$60.74 09/05/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $34.61 $15.95
$61.31 02/27/2017 $10.18 $0.00 $35.18 $15.95
MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt)Apprentice -
03/04/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.64 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $40.52 50
2 $17.57 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $43.45 60
3 $20.50 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $46.38 70
4 $23.42 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $49.30 80
5 $26.35 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $52.23 90
09/02/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $15.10 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $41.04 50
2 $18.11 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $44.05 60
3 $21.13 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $47.07 70
4 $24.15 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $50.09 80
5 $27.17 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $53.11 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 16 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS & TERRAZZO MECH
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE
$62.08 03/04/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $35.91 $15.99
$63.05 09/02/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $36.81 $16.06
$63.61 03/03/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $37.37 $16.06
$64.58 09/01/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $38.27 $16.13
$65.14 03/02/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $38.83 $16.13
$66.11 08/31/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $39.73 $16.20
$66.68 02/29/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $40.30 $16.20
$67.66 09/05/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $41.20 $16.28
$68.23 02/27/2017 $10.18 $0.00 $41.77 $16.28
MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECH - Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt)Apprentice -
03/04/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $17.96 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $44.13 50
2 $21.55 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $47.72 60
3 $25.14 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $51.31 70
4 $28.73 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $54.90 80
5 $32.32 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $58.49 90
09/02/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $18.41 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $44.65 50
2 $22.09 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $48.33 60
3 $25.77 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $52.01 70
4 $29.45 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $55.69 80
5 $33.13 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $59.37 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98
$50.29 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.67 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
MECHANIC/WELDER/BOOM TRUCK
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.76 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.14 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
MILLWRIGHT (Zone 3)
MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121 - Zone 3 $54.53 04/01/2011 $8.67 $0.00 $30.25 $15.61
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 17 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
MILLWRIGHT - Local 1121 Zone 3Apprentice -
04/01/2011
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $15.13 $8.67 $11.64 $0.00 $35.44 50
2 $16.64 $8.67 $11.64 $0.00 $36.95 55
3 $18.15 $8.67 $13.23 $0.00 $40.05 60
4 $19.66 $8.67 $13.23 $0.00 $41.56 65
5 $21.18 $8.67 $14.02 $0.00 $43.87 70
6 $22.69 $8.67 $14.02 $0.00 $45.38 75
7 $24.20 $8.67 $14.82 $0.00 $47.69 80
8 $25.71 $8.67 $14.82 $0.00 $49.20 85
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
MORTAR MIXER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
OILER
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98
$45.45 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $25.83 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS VI
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $43.47 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $23.85 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
PAINTER (BRIDGES/TANKS)
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $68.41 01/01/2013 $7.80 $0.00 $45.01 $15.60
PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $22.51 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $30.31 50
2 $24.76 $7.80 $3.52 $0.00 $36.08 55
3 $27.01 $7.80 $3.84 $0.00 $38.65 60
4 $29.26 $7.80 $4.16 $0.00 $41.22 65
5 $31.51 $7.80 $13.68 $0.00 $52.99 70
6 $33.76 $7.80 $14.00 $0.00 $55.56 75
7 $36.01 $7.80 $14.32 $0.00 $58.13 80
8 $40.51 $7.80 $14.96 $0.00 $63.27 90
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 18 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) *
* If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction,
NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3
$48.48 01/01/2013 $7.80 $0.00 $28.88 $11.80
PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - Spray/Sandblast - NewApprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.44 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $22.24 50
2 $15.88 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $25.11 55
3 $17.33 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $26.69 60
4 $18.77 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $28.26 65
5 $20.22 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $39.04 70
6 $21.66 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $40.61 75
7 $23.10 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $42.18 80
8 $25.99 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $45.33 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT)
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $45.80 01/01/2013 $7.80 $0.00 $26.20 $11.80
PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - Spray/Sandblast - RepaintApprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $13.10 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $20.90 50
2 $14.41 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $23.64 55
3 $15.72 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $25.08 60
4 $17.03 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $26.52 65
5 $18.34 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $37.16 70
6 $19.65 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $38.60 75
7 $20.96 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $40.04 80
8 $23.58 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $42.92 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, NEW) *
* If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction,
NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3
$47.08 01/01/2013 $7.80 $0.00 $27.48 $11.80
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 19 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
PAINTER - Local 35 Zone 3 - BRUSH NEWApprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $13.74 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $21.54 50
2 $15.11 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $24.34 55
3 $16.49 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $25.85 60
4 $17.86 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $27.35 65
5 $19.24 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $38.06 70
6 $20.61 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $39.56 75
7 $21.98 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $41.06 80
8 $24.73 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $44.07 90
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, REPAINT)
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $44.40 01/01/2013 $7.80 $0.00 $24.80 $11.80
PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - BRUSH REPAINTApprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $12.40 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $20.20 50
2 $13.64 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $22.87 55
3 $14.88 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $24.24 60
4 $16.12 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $25.61 65
5 $17.36 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $36.18 70
6 $18.60 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $37.55 75
7 $19.84 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $38.92 80
8 $22.32 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $41.66 90
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER TRAFFIC MARKINGS (HEAVY/HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
$43.47 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.49 $9.88
$43.97 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $26.99 $9.88
$44.47 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.49 $9.88
$44.97 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $27.99 $9.88
$45.47 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.49 $9.88
$45.97 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $28.99 $9.88
$46.47 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.49 $9.88
$46.97 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $29.99 $9.88
$47.72 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.74 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 20 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B
$47.35 12/01/2012 $9.07 $0.00 $30.28 $8.00
PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR (UNDERPINNING AND
DECK)
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3)
$62.64 03/04/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $35.17 $17.67
$63.77 09/02/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $36.30 $17.67
$64.14 03/03/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $36.67 $17.67
$65.27 09/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $37.80 $17.67
$65.67 03/02/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $38.20 $17.67
$66.82 08/31/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $39.35 $17.67
PILE DRIVER
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3)$62.64 03/04/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $35.17 $17.67
$63.77 09/02/2013 $9.80 $0.00 $36.30 $17.67
$64.14 03/03/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $36.67 $17.67
$65.27 09/01/2014 $9.80 $0.00 $37.80 $17.67
$65.67 03/02/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $38.20 $17.67
$66.82 08/31/2015 $9.80 $0.00 $39.35 $17.67
PILE DRIVER - Local 56 Zone 3Apprentice -
03/04/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 0
Notes: Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps;
(Same as set in Zone 1)
1$47.07/2$50.99/3$54.91/4$56.87/5$58.83/6$58.83/7$62.75/8$62.75
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
PIPELAYER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)
$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
PIPELAYER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$43.72 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.74 $9.88
$44.22 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.97 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
PLUMBER & PIPEFITTER
PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $57.86 03/17/2013 $8.30 $0.00 $35.81 $13.75
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 21 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER - Local 104Apprentice -
03/17/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $16.11 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $32.81 45
2 $17.91 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $34.61 50
3 $21.49 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $38.19 60
4 $25.07 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $41.77 70
5 $28.65 $8.30 $13.75 $0.00 $50.70 80
Notes:
Steps are 2000 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (TEMP.)
PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104
$57.86 03/17/2013 $8.30 $0.00 $35.81 $13.75
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"
PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR (HEAVY &
HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
$43.72 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.74 $9.88
$44.22 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.97 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
POWDERMAN & BLASTER
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$45.34 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $28.05 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
POWDERMAN & BLASTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$44.47 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.49 $9.88
$44.97 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.99 $9.88
$45.47 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $28.49 $9.88
$45.97 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.99 $9.88
$46.47 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $29.49 $9.88
$46.97 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.99 $9.88
$47.47 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $30.49 $9.88
$47.97 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
$48.72 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $31.74 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
PUMP OPERATOR (CONCRETE)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $50.29 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.67 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.76 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.14 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER
TEAMSTERS LOCAL 404 $30.87 05/01/2008 $6.59 $0.00 $19.13 $5.15
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 22 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER **
** The Residential Wood Frame Carpenter classification applies
only to the construction of new, wood frame residences that do
not exceed four stories including the basement.CARPENTERS
LOCAL 108 - HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE
$34.76 03/04/2013 $7.20 $0.00 $22.21 $5.35
$35.51 09/02/2013 $7.20 $0.00 $22.96 $5.35
$36.26 03/03/2014 $7.20 $0.00 $23.71 $5.35
$37.01 09/01/2014 $7.20 $0.00 $24.46 $5.35
$37.81 03/02/2015 $7.20 $0.00 $25.26 $5.35
$38.61 08/31/2015 $7.20 $0.00 $26.06 $5.35
$39.36 02/29/2016 $7.20 $0.00 $26.81 $5.35
As of 9/1/09 Carpentry work on wood-frame residential WEATHERIZATION projects shall be paid the RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER rate.
RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
ROLLER OPERATOR
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.15 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $29.53 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
ROOFER (Coal tar pitch)
ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $47.50 01/01/2013 $8.55 $0.00 $26.85 $12.10
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER"
ROOFER (Inc.Roofer Waterproofng &Roofer Damproofg)
ROOFERS LOCAL 248
$46.50 01/01/2013 $8.55 $0.00 $26.35 $11.60
ROOFER - Local 248Apprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $15.81 $8.55 $0.00 $0.00 $24.36 60
2 $17.13 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $37.28 65
3 $18.45 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $38.60 70
4 $19.76 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $39.91 75
5 $21.08 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $41.23 80
6 $22.40 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $42.55 85
7 $23.72 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $43.87 90
8 $25.03 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $45.18 95
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.Roofer(Tear Off)1:1; Same as above
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
ROOFER SLATE / TILE / PRECAST CONCRETE
ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $47.50 01/01/2013 $8.55 $0.00 $26.85 $12.10
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER"
SCRAPER
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.76 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $30.14 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
SELF-POWERED ROLLERS AND COMPACTORS
(TAMPERS)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98
$49.15 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $29.53 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
SELF-PROPELLED POWER BROOM
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $46.53 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $26.91 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 23 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
SHEETMETAL WORKER
SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63
$54.72 01/01/2013 $8.64 $1.59 $31.56 $12.93
$55.50 07/01/2013 $8.64 $1.62 $32.31 $12.93
SHEET METAL WORKER - Local 63Apprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.20 $5.65 $3.33 $0.00 $23.18 45
2 $15.78 $5.93 $3.70 $0.00 $25.41 50
3 $17.36 $6.20 $6.66 $0.91 $31.13 55
4 $18.94 $6.47 $6.66 $0.96 $33.03 60
5 $20.51 $6.74 $6.66 $1.02 $34.93 65
6 $22.09 $7.01 $6.66 $1.07 $36.83 70
7 $23.67 $7.28 $6.66 $1.13 $38.74 75
8 $25.25 $7.55 $12.19 $1.35 $46.34 80
9 $26.83 $7.83 $12.19 $1.41 $48.26 85
10 $28.40 $8.10 $12.19 $1.46 $50.15 90
07/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.54 $5.65 $3.33 $0.00 $23.52 45
2 $16.16 $5.93 $3.70 $0.00 $25.79 50
3 $17.77 $6.20 $6.66 $0.92 $31.55 55
4 $19.39 $6.47 $6.66 $0.98 $33.50 60
5 $21.00 $6.74 $6.66 $1.03 $35.43 65
6 $22.62 $7.01 $6.66 $1.09 $37.38 70
7 $24.23 $7.28 $6.66 $1.15 $39.32 75
8 $25.85 $7.55 $12.19 $1.37 $46.96 80
9 $27.46 $7.83 $12.19 $1.42 $48.90 85
10 $29.08 $8.10 $12.19 $1.48 $50.85 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
SIGN ERECTOR
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3
$39.04 06/01/2012 $6.82 $0.00 $25.37 $6.85
$39.93 06/01/2013 $7.07 $0.00 $25.81 $7.05
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 24 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
SIGN ERECTOR - Local 35 Zone 3Apprentice -
06/01/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $12.69 $6.82 $0.00 $0.00 $19.51 50
2 $13.95 $6.82 $2.35 $0.00 $23.12 55
3 $15.22 $6.82 $2.35 $0.00 $24.39 60
4 $16.49 $6.82 $2.35 $0.00 $25.66 65
5 $17.76 $6.82 $6.85 $0.00 $31.43 70
6 $19.03 $6.82 $6.85 $0.00 $32.70 75
7 $20.30 $6.82 $6.85 $0.00 $33.97 80
8 $21.56 $6.82 $6.85 $0.00 $35.23 85
9 $22.83 $6.82 $6.85 $0.00 $36.50 90
06/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $12.91 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $19.98 50
2 $14.20 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $23.72 55
3 $15.49 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $25.01 60
4 $16.78 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $26.30 65
5 $18.07 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $32.19 70
6 $19.36 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $33.48 75
7 $20.65 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $34.77 80
8 $21.94 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $36.06 85
9 $23.23 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $37.35 90
Notes:
Steps are 4 mos.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONS
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $47.65 12/01/2012 $8.91 $0.00 $30.74 $8.00
SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP > 35 TONS
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B
$47.94 12/01/2012 $8.91 $0.00 $31.03 $8.00
SPRINKLER FITTER
SPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 669 $56.13 01/01/2013 $8.42 $0.00 $36.13 $11.58
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 25 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
SPRINKLER FITTER - Local 669Apprentice -
01/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $18.07 $7.45 $0.79 $0.00 $26.31 50
2 $18.07 $7.45 $0.79 $0.00 $26.31 50
3 $19.87 $8.42 $6.09 $0.00 $34.38 55
4 $21.68 $8.42 $6.15 $0.00 $36.25 60
5 $23.48 $8.42 $11.20 $0.00 $43.10 65
6 $25.29 $8.42 $11.26 $0.00 $44.97 70
7 $27.10 $8.42 $11.31 $0.00 $46.83 75
8 $28.90 $8.42 $11.36 $0.00 $48.68 80
9 $30.71 $8.42 $11.42 $0.00 $50.55 85
10 $32.52 $8.42 $11.47 $0.00 $52.41 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $53.62 03/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $35.36 $9.21
$54.65 07/01/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.36 $9.24
$55.17 12/30/2013 $9.05 $0.00 $36.86 $9.26
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 26 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN - Local 7Apprentice -
03/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.14 $4.00 $0.42 $0.00 $18.56 40
2 $15.91 $4.00 $0.48 $0.00 $20.39 45
3 $17.68 $9.05 $5.18 $0.00 $31.91 50
4 $19.45 $9.05 $5.23 $0.00 $33.73 55
5 $22.98 $9.05 $6.34 $0.00 $38.37 65
6 $24.75 $9.05 $7.39 $0.00 $41.19 70
07/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.54 $4.00 $0.44 $0.00 $18.98 40
2 $16.36 $4.00 $0.49 $0.00 $20.85 45
3 $18.18 $9.05 $5.20 $0.00 $32.43 50
4 $20.00 $9.05 $5.25 $0.00 $34.30 55
5 $23.63 $9.05 $6.36 $0.00 $39.04 65
6 $25.45 $9.05 $7.41 $0.00 $41.91 70
Notes: Pre-5/31/11 1$35.41/2$37.23/3$39.06/4$40.87/5$42.69/6$44.52
Steps are 800 hours
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
TERRAZZO FINISHERS
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE
$55.16 03/04/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $29.28 $15.70
$56.13 09/02/2013 $10.18 $0.00 $30.19 $15.76
$56.69 03/03/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $30.75 $15.76
$57.66 09/01/2014 $10.18 $0.00 $31.66 $15.82
$58.22 03/02/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $32.22 $15.82
$59.19 08/31/2015 $10.18 $0.00 $33.13 $15.88
$59.76 02/29/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $33.70 $15.88
$60.74 09/05/2016 $10.18 $0.00 $34.61 $15.95
$61.31 02/27/2017 $10.18 $0.00 $35.18 $15.95
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 27 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt)Apprentice -
03/04/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $14.64 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $40.52 50
2 $17.57 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $43.45 60
3 $20.50 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $46.38 70
4 $23.42 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $49.30 80
5 $26.35 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $52.23 90
09/02/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $15.10 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $41.04 50
2 $18.11 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $44.05 60
3 $21.13 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $47.07 70
4 $24.15 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $50.09 80
5 $27.17 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $53.11 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
TEST BORING DRILLER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $53.40 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $33.70 $12.60
$54.15 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $34.45 $12.60
$54.90 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $35.20 $12.60
$55.65 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $35.95 $12.60
$56.40 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $36.70 $12.60
$57.15 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $37.45 $12.60
$57.90 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $38.20 $12.60
$58.65 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $38.95 $12.60
$59.65 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $39.95 $12.60
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $52.12 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $32.42 $12.60
$52.87 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.17 $12.60
$53.62 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.92 $12.60
$54.37 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $34.67 $12.60
$55.12 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $35.42 $12.60
$55.87 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.17 $12.60
$56.62 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.92 $12.60
$57.37 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $37.67 $12.60
$58.37 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $38.67 $12.60
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 28 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
TEST BORING LABORER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $52.00 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $32.30 $12.60
$52.75 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.05 $12.60
$53.50 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $33.80 $12.60
$54.25 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $34.55 $12.60
$55.00 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $35.30 $12.60
$55.75 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.05 $12.60
$56.50 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $36.80 $12.60
$57.25 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $37.55 $12.60
$58.25 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $38.55 $12.60
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TRACTORS
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $49.15 12/01/2012 $9.70 $0.00 $29.53 $9.92
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $48.23 12/01/2012 $8.91 $0.00 $31.32 $8.00
TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR
LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR)$64.68 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $44.58 $13.00
$65.43 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $45.33 $13.00
$66.18 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $46.08 $13.00
$66.93 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $46.83 $13.00
$67.68 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $47.58 $13.00
$68.43 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $48.33 $13.00
$69.18 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $49.08 $13.00
$69.93 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $49.83 $13.00
$70.93 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $50.83 $13.00
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR (HAZ. WASTE)
LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR)$66.68 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $46.58 $13.00
$67.43 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $47.33 $13.00
$68.18 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $48.08 $13.00
$68.93 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $48.83 $13.00
$69.68 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $49.58 $13.00
$70.43 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $50.33 $13.00
$71.18 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $51.08 $13.00
$71.93 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $51.83 $13.00
$72.93 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $52.83 $13.00
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR
LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL)$56.75 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $36.65 $13.00
$57.50 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $37.40 $13.00
$58.25 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $38.15 $13.00
$59.00 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $38.90 $13.00
$59.75 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $39.65 $13.00
$60.50 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $40.40 $13.00
$61.25 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $41.15 $13.00
$62.00 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $41.90 $13.00
$63.00 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $42.90 $13.00
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 29 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR (HAZ. WASTE)
LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL)$58.75 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $38.65 $13.00
$59.50 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $39.40 $13.00
$60.25 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $40.15 $13.00
$61.00 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $40.90 $13.00
$61.75 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $41.65 $13.00
$62.50 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $42.40 $13.00
$63.25 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $43.15 $13.00
$64.00 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $43.90 $13.00
$65.00 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $44.90 $13.00
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
VAC-HAUL
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $47.65 12/01/2012 $8.91 $0.00 $30.74 $8.00
WAGON DRILL OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE)$44.59 12/03/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $27.30 $10.19
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
WAGON DRILL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)
LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)$43.72 12/01/2012 $7.10 $0.00 $26.74 $9.88
$44.22 06/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.24 $9.88
$44.72 12/01/2013 $7.10 $0.00 $27.74 $9.88
$45.22 06/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.24 $9.88
$45.72 12/01/2014 $7.10 $0.00 $28.74 $9.88
$46.22 06/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.24 $9.88
$46.72 12/01/2015 $7.10 $0.00 $29.74 $9.88
$47.22 06/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.24 $9.88
$47.97 12/01/2016 $7.10 $0.00 $30.99 $9.88
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway)
WATER METER INSTALLER
PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $57.86 03/17/2013 $8.30 $0.00 $35.81 $13.75
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/GASFITTER"
Outside Electrical - West
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42
$54.99 09/03/2012 $7.95 $0.00 $37.66 $9.38
$56.53 09/01/2013 $8.20 $0.00 $39.16 $9.17
$58.08 08/31/2014 $8.20 $0.00 $40.66 $9.22
$59.62 08/30/2015 $8.20 $0.00 $42.16 $9.26
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
GROUNDMAN
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $41.30 09/03/2012 $7.95 $0.00 $24.37 $8.98
$42.85 09/01/2013 $8.20 $0.00 $25.87 $8.78
$44.39 08/31/2014 $8.20 $0.00 $27.37 $8.82
$45.94 08/30/2015 $8.20 $0.00 $28.87 $8.87
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
GROUNDMAN / TRUCK DRIVER
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $50.43 09/03/2012 $7.95 $0.00 $33.23 $9.25
$51.97 09/01/2013 $8.20 $0.00 $34.73 $9.04
$53.52 08/31/2014 $8.20 $0.00 $36.23 $9.09
$55.06 08/30/2015 $8.20 $0.00 $37.73 $9.13
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $57.27 09/03/2012 $7.95 $0.00 $39.87 $9.45
$58.81 09/01/2013 $8.20 $0.00 $41.37 $9.24
$60.36 08/31/2014 $8.20 $0.00 $42.87 $9.29
$61.90 08/30/2015 $8.20 $0.00 $44.37 $9.33
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 30 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $61.83 09/03/2012 $7.95 $0.00 $44.30 $9.58
$63.33 09/01/2013 $8.20 $0.00 $45.80 $9.33
$64.92 08/31/2014 $8.20 $0.00 $47.30 $9.42
$66.46 08/30/2015 $8.20 $0.00 $48.80 $9.46
LINEMAN (Outside Electrical) - West Local 42Apprentice -
09/03/2012
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $26.58 $7.95 $0.80 $0.00 $35.33 60
2 $28.80 $7.95 $0.86 $0.00 $37.61 65
3 $31.01 $7.95 $9.18 $0.00 $48.14 70
4 $33.23 $7.95 $9.25 $0.00 $50.43 75
5 $35.44 $7.95 $9.31 $0.00 $52.70 80
6 $37.66 $7.95 $9.38 $0.00 $54.99 85
7 $39.87 $7.95 $9.45 $0.00 $57.27 90
09/01/2013
Health Pension
Supplemental
UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent
Effective Date -
1 $27.48 $8.20 $0.82 $0.00 $36.50 60
2 $29.77 $8.20 $0.89 $0.00 $38.86 65
3 $32.06 $8.20 $8.96 $0.00 $49.22 70
4 $34.35 $8.20 $9.03 $0.00 $51.58 75
5 $36.64 $8.20 $9.10 $0.00 $53.94 80
6 $38.93 $8.20 $9.17 $0.00 $56.30 85
7 $41.22 $8.20 $9.24 $0.00 $58.66 90
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2
TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $33.30 07/16/2012 $4.18 $0.00 $26.33 $2.79
TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42
$31.70 07/16/2012 $4.18 $0.00 $24.78 $2.74
TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $31.70 07/16/2012 $4.18 $0.00 $24.78 $2.74
TRACTOR-TRAILER DRIVER
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42
$54.99 09/03/2012 $7.95 $0.00 $37.66 $9.38
$56.53 09/01/2013 $8.20 $0.00 $39.16 $9.17
$58.08 08/31/2014 $8.20 $0.00 $40.66 $9.22
$59.62 08/30/2015 $8.20 $0.00 $42.16 $9.26
TREE TRIMMER
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42
$19.01 02/01/2009 $2.42 $0.00 $16.59 $0.00
This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on
and around utility lines.
TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMAN
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $17.06 02/01/2009 $2.42 $0.00 $14.64 $0.00
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 31 of 3220130530-018
Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental
UnemploymentEffective Date
This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on
and around utility lines.
Additional Apprentice Information:
Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the
Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L.
c. 23, ss. 11E-11L.
All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L.
All steps are six months (1000 hours) unless otherwise specified.
* Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof.
** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field.
*** APP to JM; 1:1, 2:2, 2:3, 3:4, 4:4, 4:5, 4:6, 5:7, 6:7, 6:8, 6:9, 7:10, 8:10, 8:11, 8:12, 9:13, 10:13, 10:14, etc.
**** APP to JM; 1:1, 1:2, 2:3, 2:4, 3:5, 4:6, 4:7, 5:8, 6:9, 6:10, 7:11, 8:12, 8:13, 9:14, 10:15, 10:16, etc.
Issue Date:Wage Request Number:05/30/2013 Page 32 of 3220130530-018
SECTION 01.11.00
SUMMARYOF WORK
11.1 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
A The work under the Contract consists of:
(1.) Tobin Manor 667-3: Removal and replacement of existing front door, sidelight and
frame. Removal and replacement of vestibule door, sidelight and frame. Removal
and replacement of existing vestibule finishes.
(2.) Bridge Street 689-1: Removal and replacement of existing front door, sidelight and
frame. Removal and replacement of rear door, sidelight and frame. Removal and
replacement of existing vestibule finishes. Removal and replacement of existing
concrete ramp and wall at rear. Removal of portion of existing concrete wall at front
patio. Removal and replacement of existing meter doors and frames.
(3.) Jessie’s House 689-2: Removal and replacement of existing windows and screens.
Removal and replacement of existing front door and screen door. Removal and
replacement of existing screen door.
(4.) All Work either shown on the drawings or included in the specifications unless
specifically indicated as not to be done.
B In addition, the Work under the Contract includes:
(1.) Work outside the project site as called for in the Contract Documents and as
required for the performance of the Work.
(2.) The restoration of any items damaged or destroyed by encroaching upon areas
outside of the project site.
(3.) Providing and restoring, where appropriate, all temporary facilities.
C Additional Selection Criteria:
(1.) General Bidders must meet the additional selection criteria stated in Article 8.8 of
the Instructions to Bidders.
(2.) If the Awarding Authority (Owner) cannot verify compliance with the additional
selection criteria from the apparent low bidder’s Update Statement, the Awarding
Authority (Owner) or its Architect may request the bidder provide additional
documentation demonstrating compliance with the Contract requirement. This may
occur after the general bid opening, but prior to the Contract Award.
11.2 TIME OF COMPLETION
In accordance with Article 9 of the General Conditions, the Work shall start as stated in the
Notice to Proceed and shall be complete within 120 consecutive calendar days.
11.3 NOTICE TO PROCEED
A Upon the Department’s Validation of the Owner Contractor Agreement the Owner shall Issue
the Notice to Proceed for Construction. A sample can be found in the Construction
Handbook and on the DHCD web site www.mass.gov/dhcd..
DHCD 9/9/2009 Summary of Work 01.11.00
1 of 3
B The Notice to Proceed shall include:
(1.) The starting date and Construction Completion date for construction.
(2.) The names of the Owner’s contract Officer and Alternate Contract Officer.
C The Owner shall send three copies of the Notice to Proceed to the Contractor.
D The Contractor shall sign two originals and then;
(1.) return one to the Owner, and
(2.) send one copy to the Department’s Construction Management Unit, and
(3.) keep one copy for its own records.
11.4 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT
A Coordination by Owner:
(1.) As provided in Article 7 of the General Conditions, the following items shall be
provided by others under a separate agreement with the Owner for which the Owner
has coordinating responsibility.
B Coordination by the Contractor:
(1.) The following items shall be provided by the Contractor by other persons under a
separate agreement with the Owner for which the Contractor has coordinating
responsibility.
11.5 ITEMS FURNISHED BY THE OWNER
A The following items will be furnished and delivered f.o.b. to the Project Ste by others at no
expense to the Contractor:
B The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum the Cost of Unloading, uncrating and
permanently installing the above listed items and remove and properly recycle or dispose
off the Project Site all crating and packing materials.
11.6 COORDINATION WITH PROJECT OCCUPANTS
A All dwelling units will be occupied during construction. The Contractor shall take all
necessary precautions to ensure the public safety and convenience of the occupants during
construction.
B The Owner shall assist the Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the approved
operational plan by removing obstructions that may be in the Contractor's way, upon proper
notice from the Contractor.
C The Owner may provide a Resident Coordinator to act as liaison with residents and to assist
the Contractor in fulfilling the following:
(1.) Notifying all residents two (2) weeks before any work is scheduled in their apartments.
(2.) Notifying each resident in writing forty-eight (48) hours before work is scheduled in his or
her particular apartment.
(3.) Obtaining signed permission to enter the apartment, if the resident will not be at home.
(4.) Obtain from the Owner the keys for any vacant apartment(s) or any apartment(s) where
DHCD 9/9/2009 Summary of Work 01.11.00
2 of 3
DHCD 9/9/2009 Summary of Work 01.11.00
3 of 3
(5.) Notify the Owner of any resident who refuses to cooperate with the proposed operational
plan.
END OF SECTION 00.11.00
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Alternates 01.23.00
1 of 1
SECTION 01.23.00
ALTERNATES
1 SCOPE OF THE WORK
A This Section lists the Alternates which appear in the Contract Documents. Consult the
individual sections of the detailed requirements of each Alternate.
B Bid prices for each Alternate shall include overhead, profit, and all other expenses
incidental to the Work under each Alternate.
C The Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for examining the scope of each
Alternate generally defined herein and for recognizing modifications to the Work caused by
the Alternates and including the cost thereof in the bid price.
D The Contractor’s alternate amount shall include the net change in cost to perform all of the
work described in the Alternate.
2 ALTERNATE NO 1:
As an ADD Alternate, provide the removal and replacement of the existing windows with new
vinyl windows as indicated on the Jessie’s House Window Schedule – Alternate No. 1 on
Drawing Sheet A-114.
END OF SECTION 01.23.00
ALTERNATES
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/9/2009 OR EQUALS -Product Substitutions 01.25.00
1 of 2
SECTION 01.25.00
OR EQUALS
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
25.1 SCOPE/GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. This section Supplements the General Conditions and other sections of Division 1 and
supersedes any provisions regarding material substitutions/Or equals found in any of the
technical sections of the specifications.
B. The requirements of this section are in addition to any provisions of all other sections of these
specifications.
C. Definition - Whenever a specification section names one or more brands for a given item, and
the Contractor wishes to submit, for consideration, another brand, the submission shall be
considered an "or-equal" or a "material substitution". For the purposes of this Contract, the
terms "or-equal" and "material substitution" shall be considered synonymous
D. In no case may an item be furnished on the Work other than the item named or described,
unless the Architect, with the Administrator's written concurrence, shall consider the item equal
to the Item so named or described, as provided by M.G.L. c.30 § 39M.
E. The equality of items offered as "equal" to items named or described shall be proved to the
satisfaction of the Architect at the expense of the Contractor submitting the substitution.
F. The Architect and/or the Department may require that full size samples of both the specified and
proposed products be submitted for review and evaluation. The Contractor shall bear full cost
for providing, delivering, and disposal of all such samples.
G. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the performance of any item submitted as an "Or-
Equal" and assume the costs of any changes in any Work that may be caused by such substitution.
25.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. 01.33.00 SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
25.3 OR EQUAL APPROVAL PROCESS
A. On the transmittal, or on a separate sheet attached to the submission, the Contractor shall direct
attention to any deviations, including minor limitations and variations, from the Contract Documents.
(1) The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for consideration of any or-equal substitution a
written point-by-point comparison containing the name and full particulars of the proposed
product and the product named or described in the Contract Documents.
(2) Such submittal shall in no event be made later than 90 calendar days after the Award of the
Contract or 120 calendar days prior to the incorporation of the item into the Work. In any
case in which the time period specified in the Contract Documents from the Notice to
Proceed to Substantial Completion is less than 120 days, this requirement can be modified
by the Architect.
(3) The Contractor shall be completely responsible for the timely submission of supporting
documentation.
(4) Upon receipt of a written request for approval of an or-equal substitution, the Architect shall
investigate whether the proposed item shall be considered equal to the item named or
DHCD 9/9/2009 OR EQUALS -Product Substitutions 01.25.00
2 of 2
described in the Contract Documents and in accordance with the provisions of MGL
c.30§39M.
(5) Upon conclusion of the investigation, the Architect shall promptly advise the Construction
Advisor with written notice that the item is, or is not, considered acceptable as on Or-Equal
substitution with documentation to support the determination.
(6) The Construction Advisor will then solicit the concurrence of the Administrator as to the
equality of the submitted item.
(7) Should the Architect determine that the submitted product substitution is not equal to the
specified standard the Architect shall send written notice of this to the Contractor.
(8) Proceeding with work using the submitted item without the concurrence of the Administrator
may result in rejection of the work and removal and replacement at the expense of the
Contractor.
END OF SECTION 01.25.00
DHCD 9/9/2009 Contract Modification Procedures 01.26.00
1 of 3
SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
1. GENERAL
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and
processing Contract modifications.
2. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 01.22.00 Unit Prices for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
2. Section 01.29.00 Payment Procedures for administrative requirements for
Applications for Payments and payment for Work perform relative to this section.
3. Section 01.74.19 Construction and Demolition Waste Management.
3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Architect will issue in consultation with the Construction Advisor supplemental instructions
authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time and in accordance with the requirements of Article 8 of the General Conditions.
4. CHANGE REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposals (Change Requests): The Architect will issue a detailed
description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include
supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Change Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them
instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in the Change Request, but in no event more than 20 days after
receipt of Change Request, submit a written quotation (Change Estimate) estimating
cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute
the change. Change Estimates shall include:
(a.) A list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made.
(b.) The amount of workforce labor required or eliminated based on the hourly wage
rates found elsewhere in these documents.
(c.) Applicable, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
(d.) A written statement as to the impact on the construction schedule.
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: (Change Requests) If latent or unforeseen conditions
require modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting
a change request to the Architect which:
(1.) Includes a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change
on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the
effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Contract Modification Procedures 01.26.00
2 of 3
(2.) Includes a Change Estimate that itemizes the quantities of products required or
eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If
requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
(3.) Indicates the amount of workforce labor required or eliminated based on the hourly
wage rates found elsewhere in these documents.
(4.) Indicates applicable, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
(5.) Complies with requirements in Division 1 Section 01.25.13 OR Equals Product
Substitutions if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system
for a product or system specified.
5. The Contractor shall submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope in the
Contract Documents before starting work on any unforeseen or unknown condition. The
Owner will reject claims submitted prior to such authorization unless a method of monitoring
the impact on Contract Sum and Contract Time has been authorized
6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. Upon the Architect’s agreement with a Contractor’s Change Estimate, the Architect will
prepare a Change Order for signatures of the Owner, Contractor, and Department
subject to the policies described in the DHCD Construction Handbook.
B. The Change Order form (01.26.00.01) can be found in DHCD Construction Handbook or
on the DHCD Website and a sample can be seen at the end of this section
C. The Contractor shall provide necessary supporting documentation for the prompt
approval of Change Orders by the Owner and Department. The Contractor shall be fully
responsible for any delays caused by a lack of adequate supporting documentation.
D. All change Orders require a voted approval of the Housing Authority Board.
E. Change Orders over $5,000 or those that will result in a cumulative added total of 5% or
more of the Original Contract Sum must also be approved by the Administrator.
F. Payment for Change Order Work shall be by the regular payment procedure described
in Section 00.29.00 and the Construction Handbook.
G. The Owner will be responsible for disseminating copies of all approved Change Orders.
7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: A Construction Change Directive instructs the
Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change
Order as required by Article 8 of the general Conditions..
(1.). A Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of a change in
the Work. It also designates the method to be followed to determine any change in
the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required
by the Construction Change Directive.
(1.). After completion of a change, submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
(2.) These costs must be incorporated into a Change Order which must be approved
following the process described in Paragraph 6 Above.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Contract Modification Procedures 01.26.00
3 of 3
C. The process for when and how to utilize a Construction Change Directive and the
necessary methods for monitoring said Work are described in the Construction
Handbook.
D. The Construction Change Directive form (01.26.00.02) can be found in the DHCD
Construction Handbook or on the DHCD website, .and a sample can be seen at the end
of this section.
E. Payment for work completed under the auspices of a Construction Change Directive
must be included in an approved Change Order before any payment for extra work can
be made per the process described in Section 01.29.00.
END OF SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD Change Order Form 01.26.00.01
CHANGE ORDER Number
Owner: Housing Authority Date: FISH No:
Development Number(s):
Contractor: Architect:
Telephone No: Telephone No:
Fax: Fax:
Email: Email:
The following change is ordered in accordance with Article 8 of the General Conditions of the Contract:
The Work described above shall (increase) (decrease) (not affect) the Contract Sum by:$
The Work described above represents an increase in the Original Contract Sum of %
The effect of all Change Orders (including this one) is to increase in the Original
Contract Sum by:
%
The Work described above shall (increase) (not affect) the Contract Time by calendar days
The conditions hereinbefore referred to are as follows: A. The aforementioned change and work affected thereby is subject to all contract stipulations and covenants.
B. The rights of the Owner are not prejudiced. C. All claims against the Owner which are incidental to or a consequence of the aforementioned change are satisfied. D. This change order is not valid until approved by the Owner, Architect, and DHCD.
E. Signature of the Contractor indicates agreement herewith, including adjustment to contract sum and/or contract time.
The above named Housing Authority met on and voted to approve this Change Order:
Certified:
Contract Officer
Approved: Architect
Firm:
By:
Date:
Reviewed: Construction Advisor
Dept of Housing & Community Development
By:
Date:
Approved: Contractor
Firm:
By:
Date:
Approved: Director of Construction Management
Dept of Housing & Community Development
By:
Date:
Massachusetts Department of
Housing and Community Development
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Construction Change Directive 01.26.00.02
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Department of Housing & Community Development CHANGE DIRECTIVE NO: *
Owner: Housing Authority Date: *
Development Number: * DHCD FISH Number
Contractor Architect
Telephone No: Telephone No:
Fax:* Fax:*
Pursuant to Article 8 of the General Conditions you are hereby directed to make the following change(s) in this Contract
• DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR LUMP SUM CHANGES OR TIME EXTENSIONS •
.The Contract Sum shall be adjusted by the following method (please check one)
A. Unit Price of $ per .
B. Unit Prices found in Section 01.20.00 of the specifications.
C. Unit Prices found on the Attached list.
D. Time and materials basis per Article 8.3.1.3 of the General Conditions
E. Subject to the Conditions of Article 8.5 and 8.7 of the General Conditions "Work Done Under Protest".
The Contractor is not relieved of the obligation to notify the Owner's Representative when protested work is
being performed, to allow for accurate monitoring. Failure to provide such notice may jeopardize the
Contractor's right to compensation.
F. As follows:
• THE NOT TO EXCEED LIMIT FOR THIS CHANGE DIRECTIVE IS $ •
• The Contract time shall be properly adjusted upon completion of any compensable work.
• Payment for the aforementioned work cannot be processed until executing an appropriate change order(s) to adjust the contract sum.
• When signed by the Owner and DHCD and received by the Contractor, this Construction Change Directive becomes effective
IMMEDIATELY, and the Contractor shall proceed with the change(s) described above.
• This change directive is not valid until approved by the Owner and DHCD
Approved: Architect
Firm:
By:
Date:
Approved: Owner
Housing Authority
By:
Date:
Reviewed Construction Advisor
Department of Housing & Community Development
By:
Date:
Approved: Director of Construction Management
Department of Housing & Community Development
By:
Date:
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 1/21/2010 Payment Procedures 01.29.00
1 of 3
SECTION 01 29 00
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
1 GENERAL
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
2. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B Related Specification Sections include the following:
(1.) Section 01.26.00 Contract Modification Procedures for administrative procedures for
handling changes to the Contract.
(2.) Section 01.22.00 Unit Prices for administrative requirements governing use of unit
prices.
(3.) Section 01.74.19 Construction Waste and Demolition Management
(4.) Section 01.77.00 Completion Project Completion Procedures
(5.) Section 01.78.39 Project Record Drawings
3. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Definition - Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of
the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
(1.) Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and
schedules, some which can be found in the DHCD Construction Handbook or at the end of
this section:
(a.) Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
(b.) Submittals Schedule.
(c.) Contractor's Construction Schedule.
(2.) Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven
days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Application for Payment.
(3.) Sub-schedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased
payments, provide sub-schedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.
C. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line
items for the Summary Schedule of Values. Provide a minimum of at least one line item for
each Specification Section. Provide additional breakdown of larger sections when requested
by the Architect
(1.) Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
(a.) Project name and location.
(b.) Name of Architect.
(c.) Department’s FISH number.
DHCD 1/21/2010 Payment Procedures 01.29.00
2 of 3
(d.) Contractor's name and address.
(e.) Date of submittal.
(2.) Submit draft Schedule of Values using the Application for Payment Continuation Sheets
(01.29.00.02). Copies can be found in the Construction Handbook. A sample can be seen
at the end of this section
(3.) Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
(a.) Related Specification Section or Division.
(b.) Description of the Work.
(c.) Name of subcontractor.
(d.) Change Orders Approved by the LHA and Department.
(e.) Dollar value.
(4.) Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts in
accordance with the examples shown in the Construction Handbook.
(5.) Subdivide filed subcontract amounts into major tasks.
(6.) Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
(7.) Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
and stored, but not yet installed.
(a.) Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include
evidence of Transfer of Title of material and proof of ownership by the contractor,
insurance or bonded warehousing.
(8.) Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
(9.) Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
(a.) Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work
in place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or
distributed as general overhead expense, at DHCD Construction Advisor’s option.
4. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A Payment Application Content: Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with
previous applications and payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner.
B The Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involves additional requirements
C Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to the Architect on a
day agreed to at the beginning of the work by the Architect, Owner, and DHCD Construction
Advisor. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last
day of the month.
D. Payment Applications Forms: Use the Application for Payment and Continuation forms
found in the Construction Handbook. These forms are also available on the DHCD Web site
www.Mass.gov/dhcd and a sample can been seen at the end of this section.
DHCD 1/21/2010 Payment Procedures 01.29.00
3 of 3
E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form. The form shall be executed and
notarized by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. The
Architect will return incomplete applications without action for not being in proper form.
(1.) Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
(2.) Include amounts of Change Orders approved by the Owner and Department before the
last day of the construction period covered by application.
F. Transmittal: Submit 1 signed and notarized original copy of each Application for Payment to
the Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours.
F. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with the submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
(1.) Project Directory.
(2.) Schedule of Values.
(3.) Contractor's Construction Schedule
(4.) Products list
(5.) Any proposed product substitutions/or equals
(6.) Submittals Schedule
(7.) List of Contractor's staff assignments (Project Directory).
(8.) List of Contractor's principal consultants.
(9.) Copies of building permits.
(10.) Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
G. Payroll Certifications – In addition to the requirement to provide weekly payroll certifcations
as required by MGL c.149 §§26 - 27H, the Contractor shall provide evidence that required
each Application for Payment that such submissions are current. Applications received
without such certified payroll documentation shall be considered not in proper form and
returned to the Contractor for re-submittal with required documentation.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion
for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
(1.) Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
(2.) This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
I. Final Payment Application: Submit the final Application for Payment with supporting
documentation required by Section 01.77.00 Close out Procedures and 01.78.39 Project
Record Drawings.
END OF SECTION 01 29 00
Payment Procedures
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD Application for Payment Cover Sheet 01.29.00.01
APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT PAGE ONE OF
Contractor: To: Housing Authority
Telephone: Telephone:
Fax: Fax:
Email: Email:
Development No. Period Ending:
Contract for: FISH No:
CONTRACTOR’S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Number
Application is made for payment, as shown below in connection with the Continuation Sheet Attached.
1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM $ .00
2. Net change by Approved Change Orders $ .00
List On Attached Continuation Sheet 3. CONTRACT SUM TO DATE (Line 1 + Line 2) $ .00
4. TOTAL COMPLETED & STORED TO DATE $ .00
5. RETAINAGE - 5% of Total Completed and Stored to Date $
-
.00
6. TOTAL COMPLETED LESS RETAINAGE (Line 4 — Line 5) $ .00
7. LESS PREVIOUS APPROVED CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT $
-
.00
8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE (Line 6 — Line 7) $ .00
The undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information and belief the Work covered by this Application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid by the Contractor for Work for which previous Certificates for Payment were issued and payments received from the Owner, that all workers used on this project have been paid in accordanc e with M.G.L. c. 149 §§26-27H, that all subcontractors have been paid in accordance with M.G.L. c.30 §39F, that the Contractor has complied with all applicable tax laws pursuant to M.G.L. c.62(c) §49(a), and that the current payment shown herein is now due. Acceptance of the final payment due under this contract shall operate as a release to the Owner, Department and Architect from all claims and liability.
CONTRACTOR:
By: Date
State of County of:
On this day of 20 before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared , proved to me through satisfactory evidence which was
to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding document in my presence NOTARY SEAL
Notary Public:
My Commission expires:
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER’S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
In accordance with the Contract Documents, based on site observations and the data comprising the application, the Architect/Engineer certifies
to the Owner that to the best of the Architect/Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief the Work has progressed as indicated, the quality of the
Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the Contractor is entitled to payment of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED.
ARCHITECT /ENGINEER AMOUNT CERTIFIED..............................$
By: Date
Title
Attac h an explanation if the amount certified differs from the amount claimed due by the Contractor on line 8 above. Initial all figures on the application and any continuation sheet
that changed in accordance with M.G.L. c.30 §39K.
Housing Authority
By:
Date:
DHCD Construction Advisor:
By:
Date:
DHCD - Director Construction Management
By:
Date:
DHCD AMOUNT APPROVED $
This page intentionally blank.
Project:
Continuation Sheet Page of Payment Application Number:
Period to:
DHCD Application for Payment Continuation Sheet 01.29.00.02
A B C D E F G H I
Spec.
Section
Description of Work
Scheduled
Value
Previously
Approved
Completed
this Period
Materials
Stored Not in D or E
Total
Completed and
Stored to Date
D+E+F
%
Balance to
Finish
This page intentionally blank.
SECTION 01 31 00
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
31.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
The Conditions of the Contract and other Sections of Division l, General Requirements apply to this
section.
31.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Related Specification Sections include the following:
(1.) Section 01.45.00 Quality Control
(2.) Section 01.50.00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
(3.) Section 01.74.19 Construction Waste and Demolition Management
31.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
A. The Contractor's attention is directed to Article 4 of the General Conditions.
B. Project Superintendent.
(1.) The Contractor shall employ a Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in
attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The Superintendent shall
represent the Contractor, and communications given to the Superintendent shall be as
binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in
writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case.
(2.) The Superintendent shall be a competent and responsible employee, satisfactory to the
Owner, who is regularly employed by the Contractor and is designated by the Contractor as
its representative to be in full time attendance at the Project site throughout the construction
of the Work.
(3.) The Superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating all the Work of the Contractor and
the Subcontractors. The Superintendent shall be licensed consistent with the
Massachusetts Building Code.
(4.) The Superintendent's resume shall be submitted to the Owner prior to commencement of
construction and must demonstrate to the Owner's reasonable satisfaction that the
Superintendent has performed the same duties on previous construction projects similar to the
Project
(5.) The Superintendent shall attend each job meeting.
C. The Contractor must supply to the Owner the home telephone number of a responsible person
who may be contacted during non-work-hours for emergencies on the Project.
D. Project Meetings
(1.) Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall meet in conference with
representatives of the Owner, Department, and Architect to discuss and develop mutual
understandings relative to administration of the quality assurance program, safety program,
labor provisions, the schedule of work, and other Contract procedures.
(2.) The Architect will regularly conduct job meetings, and keep the Owner informed of the progress
and quality of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies
in the Work. The Architect's minutes of meetings shall be the official minutes kept on the
DHCD 9/9/2009 Project Management and Coordination 01.31.00
1 of 3
E. The Department's procedures, forms, and practices which must be employed on the Project are
described in the Construction Handbook, and will be explained at the pre-construction
conference.
31.4 COORDINATION
A. All dwelling units will be occupied during construction. The Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions to ensure the public safety and convenience of the occupants during construction
B. The Contractor is responsible for the security of partially completed work until the project is
accepted by the Owner.
31.5 LABOR
A. The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's
employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit
employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them, and whenever
the Owner shall notify the Contractor, in writing, that any worker is, in its opinion, incompetent,
unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such employee shall be discharged from the
Work and shall not again be employed on the Project except with the consent of the Owner.
B. Workers shall refrain from smoking while performing work inside dwelling units, including
basement areas. The Contractor shall remove from the project workers who consistently
violate this provision
31.6 SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES
A. The Contractor's attention is especially called to the fact that the continuous operation of
services for this housing development is mandatory. If the development is to be left without
heat, hot water, domestic water, electricity, gas, sanitary facilities, or any other services for
more than an eight hour period, the Contractor shall submit a letter to the Owner and obtain
written approval from the Owner before proceeding.
B. If the Owner will not allow this shutdown, but wants instead a temporary means of supplying
said services, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials or whatever may be required to
supply said temporary services at no extra cost to the Owner and in accordance with the state
and local regulations on health and safety.
31.7 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Owner a detailed operational plan showing the
sequence of operations prior to commencement of any work at the site. The Owner must
approve any changes to this operational plan.
B. The work must be completed in a continuous uninterrupted operation. The Contractor must use
sufficient personnel and adequate equipment to complete all the necessary work requirements
within a minimum period of time.
C. Unless specifically authorized by the Owner, in writing, the work must be conducted between the
hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. on Monday through Friday. No work is to be done on holidays,
Saturdays, or Sundays other than for emergencies.
D. There shall be no storage of materials, tools, and/or equipment within any of the occupied
dwelling units. Any storage within unoccupied dwelling units or other space controlled by the
Owner must be authorized by the Owner, in writing.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Project Management and Coordination 01.31.00
2 of 3
DHCD 9/9/2009 Project Management and Coordination 01.31.00
3 of 3
E. Only materials and/or equipment intended and necessary for immediate use shall be brought
into the dwelling units. At the end of each work day and at the completion of each phase of
work, equipment and leftover or unused materials shall be removed from each dwelling unit.
F. Whenever work is to be done inside occupied units the Contractor’s superintendent and an
Owner’s representative shall conduct a pre-work inspection of each unit to make note of existing
conditions in the unit. Special attention should be paid to areas where new work will meet
existing conditions.
31.8 OWNER'S COOPERATION
A. The Owner shall assist the Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the approved
operational plan by removing obstructions that may be in the Contractor's way, upon proper
notice from the Contractor.
B. The Owner may provide a Resident Coordinator to act as liaison with residents and to assist the
Contractor in fulfilling the following:
(1.) Notifying all residents two (2) weeks before any work is scheduled in their apartments.
(2.) Notifying each resident in writing forty-eight (48) hours before work is scheduled in his or her
particular apartment.
(3.) Obtaining signed permission to enter the apartment, if the resident will not be at home.
(4.) Obtain from the Owner the keys for any vacant apartment(s) or any apartment(s) where the
resident is not at home. The Resident Coordinator will be responsible for the safekeeping of
such keys and shall return them at the end of the workday to the Owner.
(5.) Notify the Owner of any resident who refuses to cooperate with the proposed operational
plan.
END OF SECTION 01.31.00
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/9/2009 ) Submittals 01.33.00
1 of 3
SECTION 01.33.00
SUBMITTALS - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
1. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This Section supplements Subparagraphs 4.6.3 and 5.3.5 and Paragraphs 4.7, 4.8, and 4.15 of
the General Conditions.
B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for the specific submittals required under
those sections and for further details and descriptions of the requirements.
C. Section 01.25.00 OR Equals - Product Substitution Procedures
D. Section 01.74.19 Construction and Demolition Waste Management
2. GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTALS
A. Timeliness - The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Architect sufficiently in advance
of performing related Work or other applicable activities so that the installation is not delayed by
processing times, including disapproval and resubmittal (if required), coordination with other
submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and similar sequenced activities. No
extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals to
the Architect in advance of the Work.
B. Sequence - The Contractor shall transmit each submittal in a sequence which will not result in
the Architect’s approval having to be later modified or rescinded by reason of subsequent
submittals which should have been processed earlier or concurrently for coordination.
C. Contractor's Review and Approval - Only submittals received from and bearing the stamp of
approval of the Contractor will be considered for review by the Architect. Submittals shall be
accompanied by a transmittal notice stating name of Project, date of submittal, "To", "From"
(Contractor, Subcontractor, Installer, Manufacturer, Supplier), Specification Section, or Drawing
No. to which the submittal refers, purpose (first submittal, resubmittal), description, remarks,
distribution record, and signature of transmitter.
D. Architect's Action - The Architect will review the Contractor's submittals and return them with
one of the following actions recorded thereon by appropriate markings:
(1) Final Unrestricted Release: Where marked "Approved" the Work covered by the submittal
may proceed provided it complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
(2) Final-But-Restricted Release: When marked “Approved as Noted” the Work may proceed
provided it complies with the Architect’s notations or corrections on the submittal and
complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Acceptance of the Work will
depend on these compliances.
(3) Returned for Resubmittal: When marked "Revise and Resubmit" or "Disapproved" the Work
covered by the submittal (such as purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity) should
not proceed. The submittal should be revised or a new submittal resubmitted without delay,
in accordance with the Architect's notations stating the reasons for returning the submittal.
E. Processing - All costs for printing, preparing, packaging, submitting, resubmitting, and mailing, or
delivering submittals required by this contract shall be included in the Contract Sum.
DHCD 9/9/2009 ) Submittals 01.33.00
2 of 3
3. OR EQUALS
A. Definition - Whenever a specification section names one or more brands for a given item, and
the Contractor wishes to submit, for consideration, another brand, the submission shall be
considered an "or-equal" or a "material substitution". For the purposes of this Contract, the
terms "or-equal" and "material substitution" shall be considered synonymous.
B. In no case may an item be furnished on the Work other than the item named or described,
unless the Architect, with the Administrator's written concurrence, shall consider the item equal
to the Item so named or described, as provided by M.G.L. c.30 § 39M.
C. The equality of items offered as "equal" to items named or described shall be proved to the
satisfaction of the Architect at the expense of the Contractor submitting the substitution in
accordance with the process described in Section 01.25.00 of these specifications.
4. SUBMISSION OF PRODUCT DATA
A. The Contractor shall submit 7 copies of Product Data to the Architect. All such data shall be
specific and identification of material or equipment submitted shall be clearly marked in ink.
Data of general nature will not be accepted.
B. Product Data shall be accompanied by a transmittal notice. The Contractor's stamp of approval
shall appear on the printed information itself, in a location which will not impair legibility.
C. Product Data returned by the Architect as "Disapproved" shall be resubmitted in 7 copies until
the Architects approval is obtained.
D. When the Product Data are acceptable, the Architect will stamp them "Approved" or "Approved
as Corrected", retain 3 copies, and return 4 copies to the Contractor. The Contractor shall
provide and distribute additional copies as may be required to complete the Work.
E. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved, original, Product Data at the site.
5. SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings shall be complete, giving all information necessary or requested in the individual
section of the specifications. They shall also show adjoining Work and details of connection
thereto.
B. Shop Drawings shall be for whole systems. Partial submissions will not be accepted.
C. The Architect reserves the right to review and approve shop drawings only after approval of
related product data and samples.
D. Shop drawings shall be properly identified and contain the name of the project, name of the firm
submitting the shop drawings, shop drawing number, date of shop drawings and revisions,
Contractor's stamp of approval, and sufficient spaces near the title block for the Architect's
stamp.
E. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect seven (7) black line prints of each shop drawing.
Prints shall be mailed or delivered in roll form. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a
transmittal notice bearing the Contractor’s approval stamp.
F. In addition to the hard copies described above, the Architect and Contractor may utilize a
mutually acceptable electronic system to expedite the submittal process. This electronic system
shall not be used as a substitute for the hard copy process.
G. When the Architect returns a marked submittal with the stamp "Revise and Resubmit" or
"Disapproved", the Contractor shall correct the original drawing or prepare a new drawing and
resubmit seven prints thereof to the Architect for approval. This procedure shall be repeated
until the Architect's approval is obtained.
DHCD 9/9/2009 ) Submittals 01.33.00
3 of 3
H. When the Architect returns submittal with the stamp "Approved" or "Approved as Corrected", the
Contractor shall provide and distribute the prints for all Contractor and Subcontractors use, and
in addition submit, within 10 calendar days after approval, 4 prints to the Architect.
I. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved shop drawings at the site.
6. SUBMISSION OF SAMPLES
A. Unless otherwise specified in the individual section, the Contractor shall submit two specimens
of each sample.
B. A transmittal notice with the Contractors stamp of approval shall be included with all sample
submittals.
C. Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper evaluation of materials. Where variations in
color or in other characteristics are to be expected, samples shall show the maximum range of
variation. Materials exceeding the variation of approved samples will not be approved on the
Work.
D. Samples of items of interior finishes shall be submitted all at once to permit a coordinated
selection of colors and finishes.
E. Samples that can be conveniently mailed shall be sent directly to the Architect, accompanied by
a transmittal notice. All transmittals shall be stamped with the Contractor's approval stamp of
the material submitted.
F. All other samples shall be delivered at the field office of the Project Representative with sample
identification tag attached and properly filled in.
G. Transmittal notice of samples so delivered with the Contractor's stamp of approval shall be
mailed to the Architect.
H. If a sample is rejected by the Architect, a new sample shall be resubmitted in the specified
manner. This procedure shall be repeated until the Architect approves the sample
I. Samples will not be returned unless return is requested at the time of submission. The right is
reserved to require submission of samples whether or not particular mention is made in the
specifications, at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION 01.33.00
SUBMITTALS
This page intentionally blank.
SECTION 01.45.00
QUALITY CONTROL
45.1 GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK
A General Contractor’s quality control and control of installation.
B Tolerances.
C References.
D Mock up requirements.
E Testing and Inspection Services.
F Manufacturers’ field services.
G Examination.
45.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A This section supplements the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, the
Drawings, and all other parts of the Contract Documents.
B Consult the individual sections of the specifications for specific items required under those
sections.
45.3 QUALITY CONTROL AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A The General Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and quality control services
specified herein and in individual specification sections and required by governing
authorities having jurisdiction, except where they are specifically required under a filed sub-
bid section of the specification. In those cases they will be the responsibility of the filed
subcontractor. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products , services,
site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B Comply with manufacturer’s instructions, including each step in sequence.
C When manufacturer’s instructions conflict with the Contract Documents, request clarification
from the Architect before proceeding.
D Comply with specified standards as minimum quality of Work except where more stringent
tolerances, codes, or specific requirements indicate higher standards or workmanship.
E Perform the Work using persons qualified to produce the required and specified quality.
F Verify field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by the
manufacturer.
G Secure products in place with appropriate positive anchorage devices designed and sized
to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.
45.4 TOLERANCES
A Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable
Work. Do not allow tolerances to accumulate.
B Comply with manufacturer’s tolerances. When manufacturers’ tolerances conflict with
Contract Documents, request clarification from the Architect before proceeding.
C Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products into place.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Quality Control 01.45.00
1 of 4
45.5 REFERENCES
A For products or workwomanship specified by associations, trade or other consensus
standards, comply with requirements of standard, except when more rigid requirements are
specified or are required by applicable codes.
B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date of Bid Opening. Except
where specific date is established by applicable code.
C Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.
D When specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification
from the Architect before proceeding.
E Neither contractual relationships, duties, nor responsibilities of parties, nor those of the
Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise
in reference documents.
45.6 MOCK UP REQUIREMENTS
A Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in respective
product specifications.
B Assemble and erection specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices,
flashings, seals and finishes.
C Accepted mock-ups shall be the comparison standard for remaining Work.
D Where mock-up has been accepted by the Architect and is specified in product specification
sections to be removed; remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so by the
Architect.
45.11 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
A The Owner may employ and pay for specified services of an independent firm to perform
testing and inspection.
B Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect and Contractor indicating
observations and results of tests.
C The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall cooperate with the independent firm, furnish
sample materials, design mixes, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by
incidental labor as requested.
(1.) Notify the Architect 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services.
(2.) The Architect will make the final decision as to when services or testing will or will
not be performed.
(3.) Make arrangements with the independent firm and pay for additional samples and
tests for the Contractor’s use.
D Testing and employment of testing agency or laboratory shall not relieve the Contractor of
the obligation to perform work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
E Re-testing or re-inspection required because of non-conformance to specified requirements
shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Architect. Payment
for re-testing or re-inspection will be charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges
from the Contract Sum.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Quality Control 01.45.00
2 of 4
F Testing Agency responsibilities:
(1.) Test samples of mixes submitted by the Contractor.
(2.) Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate with the Architect and Contractor
in performance of services.
(3.) Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified
standards.
(4.) Promptly notify the Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-
conformance of Work or products.
(5.) Perform additional tests required by the Architect.
(6.) Attend progress meetings if requested by the Architect.
G Testing Agency Reports: After each test, promptly submit two copies of the report to the
Architect and to the Contractor. Provide interpretation of the results when requested by the
Architect. All test reports shall include:
(1.) Date issued.
(2.) Project title and number.
(3.) Name of inspector.
(4.) Date and time of sampling or inspection.
(5.) Identification of product and specification section(s).
(6.) Test location.
(7.) Type of inspection or test.
(8.) Date of test.
(9.) Results of tests or inspection.
(10.) Conformance with Contract Documents.
H Limits of Testing Agency Authority
(1.) Testing Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of
Contract Documents.
(2.) Testing Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
(3.) Testing Agency may not assume duties of the Contractor.
(4.) Resting Agency has no authority to stop Work.
45.12 Manufacturers’ Field Services
A When individual specification section(s), require material or product suppliers or
manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of
surfaces to receive work, and installation quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment ,
test, adjust, and balance equipment as applicable and to initiate instructions when
necessary these services shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Quality Control 01.45.00
3 of 4
DHCD 9/9/2009 Quality Control 01.45.00
4 of 4
B Submit the qualifications of any observers to the Architect and Owner prior to of required
observations. Observers are subject to the approval of the Owner based on the observer’s
credentials. This submission shall be made allowing adequate time for the Architect to
review the observer’s credentials. This approval does not relieve the Contractor of any
obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
C Report to the Architect, observations and site decisions or instruction given to applicators or
installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers’ written instructions.
45.13 EXAMINATION
A The Contractor shall verify existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable
for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B The Contractor shall verify existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment
of new Work being applied or attached.
C The Contractor shall examine and verify specific conditions described in individual
specification sections.
D The Contractor shall verify utility services are available, of correct characteristics, and in
correct locations.
END OF SECTION 01.45.00
QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION 01.50.00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
50.00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining all temporary facilities
until Substantial Completion. Removal of such prior to Substantial Completion must be
with the concurrence of the Architect. The Contractor bears full responsibility for re-
providing any facility removed prior to Substantial Completion
B Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition precedent to Substantial
Completion unless directed otherwise by the Architect or specifically noted in the
specifications.
C The Contractor must comply with all safety laws and regulations of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, the United States Government, and local government agencies applicable
to Work under this contract. The Contractor's attention is directed to the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts, Department of Labor, Division of Occupational Safety Regulations.
51.13 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A Temporary service and lighting shall be provided by a licensed electrician selected and
paid for by the Contractor. This work shall be performed under the direct supervision of at
least one master electrician, who will be present on the project at all times when such work
is being performed. This service shall include coordination with the local utility and other
authorities having jurisdiction.
B The Contractor may make use of the electricity available at the site, metered and paid for
by the Owner.
C Where heavy duty electric equipment drawing current in excess of 15 amperes is involved,
the trade requiring such excessive amperage shall provide temporary service to supply the
power.
D All temporary work shall be provided in conformity with the National Electric Code, State
laws, and requirements of the power company. Particular attention is called to
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Labor Division of Occupational Safety
Regulations.
E Temporary Electric Service and Lighting shall include but not be limited to:
(1.) All labor, materials, and equipment necessary to supply temporary power of
adequate capacity for the project
(2.) Transformers and meters, when required by the power company, furnished by the
power company and paid for by the Contractor.
(3.) Temporary work of a special nature, not otherwise specified hereunder, shall be
provided, maintained, and paid for by the trade requiring same.
(4.) The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain lamps in operating condition.
(5.) The Contractor, and each Subcontractor, shall furnish their own extension cords
and additional lamps as may be required for their work.
(6.) All lamps installed in permanent lighting fixtures and used as temporary lights
during the construction period shall be removed and replaced shortly before
DHCD 9/09/2009 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01.50.00
1 of 7
(7.) The temporary electrical facilities shall be dismantled and completely removed
from the project site. This removal shall occur when the permanent electrical
system is operational and accepted by the Architect. Removal shall be done by a
properly licensed electrician.
51.16 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to insure against fire during construction.
The Contractor shall be responsible to insure that the area within contract limits is kept
orderly and clean and that combustible rubbish and construction debris is promptly
removed from the site.
B. Installation of equipment suitable for fire protection shall be done as soon as possible after
commencement of the Work. The Contractor's attention is directed to the requirements of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Labor and Workforce Development
Regulation 454 CMR.
51.23 TEMPORARY HEAT
A Providing temporary heating service and equipment in interior spaces:
(1.) The Contractor shall be completely responsible for providing all equipment and
labor required to comply with this section.
(2.) The Contractor shall utilize the services of a qualified Heating subcontractor for
providing Temporary Heat. These services shall be paid for by the Contractor.
B The Contractor shall provide a minimum temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit to all
occupied areas of the Project (This shall include common and public areas affected by the
work).
C The Contractor shall provide thermometers at places designated by the Architect in order
to determine if specified temperatures are being maintained.
D Temporary heating system work shall be performed under the direct supervision of
individuals properly licensed to perform the necessary work.
E All temporary work shall be provided in conformity with all applicable codes, State laws,
and requirements of the utility company. Particular attention is called to Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, Department of Labor Division of Occupational Safety Regulations.
F The Contractor shall pay the costs of all fuel and electricity required for temporary heating
until Substantial Completion unless specified otherwise.
G Utilizing the Permanent Heating System for Temporary Heat:
(1.) The Contractor may, with the approval of the Owner, elect to utilize the permanent
heating system for temporary heat. This may be allowed if the building is enclosed
and after the heating system has been tested and is ready to operate and
providing the Contractor complies with all provisions stated elsewhere in the
Contract Documents.
(2.) If the permanent heating system cannot be utilized or if work requires a shutdown
of the existing system the Contractor shall make arrangements, acceptable to the
Owner, to comply with this requirement at no additional cost to the Owner.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01.50.00
2 of 7
(3.) The Contractor shall furnish and pay the costs of any materials and equipment
which are not part of the permanent heating system and which may be required to
operate the permanent heating system on a temporary basis.
(4.) The Contractor shall have a qualified heating mechanic check the heating system
a minimum of twice daily, when no work is being performed at the site.
(5.) It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to have all portions of the permanent
heating system that are used for heating during construction thoroughly cleaned
and restored to first class condition, to the satisfaction of the Owner.
(6.) No parts of the air handling system shall be used until temporary filters have been
installed satisfactory to the Architect. Such filters shall be kept clean and in
efficient working condition, and at the time of Substantial Completion shall be
replaced by the permanent filters at no cost to the Owner.
(7.) The Owner's warranty for the permanent heating system shall begin on the date of
Substantial Completion of the entire project.
H Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall comply with all safety
regulations including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices.
I Unit heaters, if used, shall be of the smokeless type and be installed and operated in such
a way that finished work will not be damaged. "Salamanders" shall not be used.
J Providing temporary heating service and equipment for exterior work:
(1.) Temporary heat in outside areas shall be in compliance with MGL c149 §44G.
(2.) Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall comply with all safety
regulations including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices.
(3.) Unit heaters, if used, shall be of the smokeless type and be installed and operated in
such a way that finished work will not be damaged. "Salamanders" shall not be used.
51.36 TEMPORARY WATER
A The Contractor may make use of the available water supply at the site for construction
purposes, provided the permission of the Owner is obtained beforehand and only as long
as the water is not used wastefully.
B The Contractor shall provide all necessary piping and hoses to utilize the available
sources of water.
52.14 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND MATERIAL HANDLING
A The Contractor shall provide such storage sheds, temporary buildings, or trailers as
required for the performance of the Contract. Subcontractors shall provide their own
temporary buildings and trailers.
B Materials shall be handled, stored, installed, cleaned, and protected in accordance with
the best practice in the industry and, except where otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and directions.
C The Contractor must obtain the permission of the Owner for the use of any storage
facilities available on site, but the Owner assumes no responsibility for articles stored.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01.50.00
3 of 7
52.19 SANITARY FACILITIES
A Under no circumstances will the Contractor's personnel be allowed to use Resident's
toilets.
54.16 HOISTING FACILITIES
A Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide, operate, and remove material
hoists, cranes, and other hoisting as required for the performance of the Work by all
trades. All such hoisting service shall be without cost to the Subcontractors.
54.26 TEMPORARY STAGING, STAIRS, CHUTES
A Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain in safe
condition, and remove all scaffolds, staging, and planking over 8 ft. in height, as required
for the use of all trades for proper execution of the Work.
B The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain in safe condition, and remove all temporary
ramps, stairs, ladders, and similar items as required for the use of all trades for the proper
execution of the Work.
C Permanent stairs shall be erected as soon as possible, for which the Contractor shall
provide temporary protective treads, risers, handrails, and shaft protection.
D The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove covered chutes from openings
in the exterior walls of upper floors. Such shall be in convenient locations and permit
disposal of rubbish directly into trucks or disposal units.
E Debris shall not be allowed to fall freely from upper levels of the building. Materials shall
not be dropped from open windows.
55.19 TEMPORARY PARKING
A Contractor parking shall be available as follows:
At Tobin Manor 667-3: Limited parking is available on site. Contractor should park on
Maple Street.
At Bridge Street 689-1: Very limited parking is available on site. The Contractor will be
limited to three vehicles.
At Jessie’s House 689-2: Ample parking is available on site.
56.00 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
A. All dwelling units will be occupied during construction. The Contractor shall take all
necessary precautions to ensure the public safety and convenience of the occupants
during construction.
B. Any damage to buildings, roads, (public and private), bituminous concrete areas, fences,
lawn areas, trees, shrubbery, poles, underground utilities, etc. shall be made good by and
at the Contractor's own expense, all to the satisfaction of the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall patch, repair and/or replace all adjacent materials and surfaces
damaged after the installation of new work at no expense to the Owner. All repair and
replacement work shall match the existing in kind and appearance.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01.50.00
4 of 7
56.19 NOISE AND DUST CONTROL
The Contractor shall take special measures to protect the residents, neighbors, and general
public from noise, dust, and other disturbances by:
A. Keeping common pedestrian and vehicular circulation areas clean and unobstructed;
B. Insulating work area from occupied portions as far as possible; and
C. Sealing dust and fumes from contaminating occupied spaces.
56.23 TEMPORARY BARRICADES
A. The Contractor shall:
(1.) In addition to the weather protection during the months of November to March
specified elsewhere, provide temporary watertight enclosures for openings in exterior
walls and in roof decks when and as required to protect the Work from damage by
inclement weather. Temporary enclosures shall be provided with adequate means of
ventilation to prevent accumulation of moisture in the buildings.
(2.) Provide temporary wood doors for exterior entrances and elsewhere as required.
Permanent door enclosures shall not be used as temporary enclosures.
(3.) Protect sills, jambs, and heads of openings through which materials are handled.
(4.) Protect decks and slabs to receive work by other trades from any soiling which will
prevent proper adhesion of subsequent Work. Decks and slabs shall be left clean and
free of blemishes at the time other trades begin the application of their work.
(5.) Protect concrete slabs to remain exposed and finished floors against mechanical
damage, plaster droppings, oil, grease, paint, or other material which will stain the floor
finish. Install and maintain adequate strips of building paper or other protection on
finished floors in rooms where other trades will do future Work.
(6.) Protect all surfaces to receive work by other trades from any soiling which will prevent
proper execution of subsequent work
(7.) Protect other areas, furniture, and private property of the residents and the Owner.
Any areas damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to the original condition or
compensated at the Contractor’s expense.
B. Roof surfaces and waterproofed surfaces shall not be subjected to traffic nor shall they be
used for storage of materials. Where some activity must take place in order to carry out
the Work, adequate protection must be provided.
C. After the installation of any Work is completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for its
protection and for repairing, replacing, or cleaning any such Work which has been
damaged by other trades or by any other cause, so that all Work is in first class condition
at the time of Substantial Completion.
56.29 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE WALKWAYS
The Contractor shall, at all times, leave an unobstructed way along walks and roadways, and
shall maintain barriers and lights for the protection of all persons and property in all locations
where materials are stored or work is in progress.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01.50.00
5 of 7
56.33 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all security precautions necessary to
protect the Contractor's and Owner's interests.
B. Where excavation is involved, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing
continuous watchmen service as necessary, to insure adequate protection of the general
public.
57.23 TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
Protect excavations, trenches, buildings, and materials at all times from rain water, ground
water, backing-up, or leakage of sewers, drains, or other piping, or from water damage of
any origin. Provide all pumps, piping, coverings, and other materials and equipment as
required by job conditions to accomplish this requirement.
57.33 WEATHER PROTECTION
A The Contractor shall provide temporary enclosures and heat to permit work to be carried
on during the months of November through March in compliance with MGL c.149 §44G
(d). These specifications are not to be construed as requiring enclosures or heat for
operations that are not economically feasible in the opinion of the Owner. Without
limitation this includes such items as excavation, pile driving, steel erection, erection of
certain exterior wall panels, roofing, and similar operations.
B "Weather Protection" means the temporary protection of that Work adversely affected by
moisture, wind, and cold by covering, enclosing, and/or heating. This protection shall
provide adequate working areas during the months of November through March as
determined by the Owner and consistent with the construction schedule to permit the
continuous progress of all Work necessary to maintain an orderly and efficient sequence
of construction operations. The Contractor shall furnish and install "Weather Protection"
material and be responsible for all costs, including heating required to maintain a minimum
of 40 degrees F. at the working surface. This provision does not supersede any specific
requirements for methods of construction, curing of materials, or the applicable conditions
set forth in the Contract Documents with added regard to performance obligations of the
Contractor.
C Within 30 calendar days after award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit in writing,
to the Architect for approval, three (3) copies of the proposed methods for "Weather
Protection".
D The Contractor shall assume the entire responsibility for weather protection during
construction (until Substantial Completion), and shall be liable for any damage to any
Work caused by failure to supply proper weather protection and proper ventilation.
E Work damaged by frost shall be removed and replaced by and at the Contractor's expense
and as directed by the Architect.
F It is to be specifically understood that the Contractor shall do no work under any conditions
deemed unsuitable by the Contractor to the execution of the Work. This provision shall
not constitute any waiver, release, or lessening of the Contractor's obligation to bring the
Work to Substantial Completion within the period of time set forth in the Contract
Documents.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01.50.00
6 of 7
DHCD 9/09/2009 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01.50.00
7 of 7
2. WIND PROTECTION
Should high wind warnings be issued by the U.S. Weather Bureau, the Contractor shall take
every precaution to minimize danger to persons, to the Work, and to the adjacent property.
END OF SECTION 01.50.00
This page intentionally blank.
SECTION 01.73.29
CUTTING AND PATCHING
1 GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK
A Unless specified elsewhere, the Contractor shall be responsible for:
(1.) All cutting and patching required for the project construction.
(2.) Products and installation for patching and extending Work.
(3.) Transition and adjustments.
(4.) Repair of damaged surfaces, finishes, and cleaning.
(5.) Coordination of any cutting and patching required by subtrades.
B Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of
other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore
surfaces to their original condition
C The Contractor must comply with all safety laws and regulations of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, the United States Government, and local government agencies applicable to
Work under this contract. The Contractor's attention is directed to the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, Department of Labor, Division of Occupational Safety Regulations.
2 RELATED SECTIONS
A This section supplements the General Conditions including but not limited to Article 4.3. of
the General Conditions.
B Consult the individual sections of the specifications for specific items required under those
sections.
C Section 01.74.13 Progress Cleaning and Final Cleaning
D Section 01.74.19 Construction and Demolition Waste Management
3 EXAMINATION
A Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is
to be performed before cutting, including elements subject to damage or movement during
cutting and patching. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective
action before proceeding.
B Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a
manner that would, in the Architect’s opinion, reduce the building’s aesthetic qualities. Do
not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting
and patching. Remove and replace visually unacceptable areas of cutting and patching at
no additional cost to the Owner.
C Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
D Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
E After uncovering existing Work, assess conditions affecting performance of work.
DHCD 9/9/2009 ) Cutting and Patching 01.73.29
1 of 4
4 PREPARATION
A Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
B Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and patching,
including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and
conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
C Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and
methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.
D Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work [and salvage items] from
weather and extremes of temperature and humidity. Insulate duct work and piping to
prevent condensation in exposed areas.
E Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation Work.
Replace and restore at completion.
F Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, such as rotted wood, corroded metals,
and deteriorated masonry and concrete. Replace materials as specified for finished Work.
G Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces.
H Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work
and finishes.
5 CUTTING
A Execute all cutting and fitting necessary to complete the Work.
B Where services are required to be remove, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility
services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or
partitions scheduled to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of
pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing and
cutting.
C Uncover work to install improperly sequenced work.
D Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work.
E Provide openings in the Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work. Cut holes
and slots as small as possible, nearly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of
adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover opening when not in use.
F Employ skilled and experienced workers to perform cutting for weather exposed and
moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.
G Cut rigid materials using power saw or core drill. Cut through concrete and masonry using
a cutting machine, such as a carborundum saw or a diamond-core drill. Pneumatic tools
shall not be allowed without prior approval.
H Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original
Installer; comply with the original Installer’s recommendations.
I To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side
into concealed surfaces.
J Comply with requirements of applicable Specification Sections where cutting and patching
requires excavating and backfilling or patching of pavement or concrete.
DHCD 9/9/2009 ) Cutting and Patching 01.73.29
2 of 4
K Do not cut structural elements in a manner that would change their load-carrying capacity
or load-deflection ratio.
L Do not cut operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in
reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut operating elements or related
components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased
operational life or safety.
M Perform cutting in a fashion that does not denigrate the energy performance of the building(s).
6 PATCHING
A Execute patching to complement adjacent, undisturbed finishes.
B Fit products together to integrate with other Work.
C Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide
appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing.
D Perform patching in a fashion that does not denigrate the energy performance of the
building(s).
E Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
F Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
G At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal
voids with appropriate material to full thickness of the penetrated element as necessary to
maintain the required rating.
H Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. Patch
work to match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. Refinish surfaces to
match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural
break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
I Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that
visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials
are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or
surpass that of existing materials.
J Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances.
K Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation.
L Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
M Where walls or partitions are to be removed, patch and repair voids left in floor, wall and
ceiling surfaces where the existing construction is removed. Provide an even surface of
uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with
new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
N Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire
unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat.
O Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of
uniform appearance.
P Where cutting and patching involves plaster refer to applicable Sections for plastering
requirements. In lieu of specific requirements, comply with the following:
(1.) Comply with ASTM C 842
DHCD 9/9/2009 ) Cutting and Patching 01.73.29
3 of 4
DHCD 9/9/2009 ) Cutting and Patching 01.73.29
4 of 4
(2.) Comply with manufacturer’s instructions and install thickness and coats as indicated.
(3.) Unless otherwise indicated, provide 3-coat work.
(4.) Base Coat: Ready-mixed, sand aggregate gypsum plaster base.
(5.) Finish Coat: Ready-mixed gypsum finish plaster.
(6.) Finish gypsum plaster to match existing adjacent surfaces. Sand lightly to remove
trowel marks and arises.
7 CLEANING
A In addition to cleaning specified in Section 01.74.13, clean all areas affected by the work of
this Section including personal belongings affected by this work.
B Completely inappropriate remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items.
C Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other
finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
D When cutting and patching in occupied units clean affected areas daily and or immediately
after completion of the cutting and/or patching work.
END OF SECTION 01.73.29
CUTTING AND PATCHING
SECTION 01 74 13
PROGRESS CLEANING
FINAL CLEANING
1. SCOPE
A. This section specifies the requirements for maintaining a clean and orderly work site
during and at the completion of the Work.
B. Pay special attention to work areas that affect occupied residents’ spaces and public
areas.
2. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This section supplements Article 4.17 of the General Conditions.
B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for cleaning of Work installed under
those sections.
C. Section 01.73.29 Cutting and Patching.
D. Section 01.74.19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal.
3. CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Conduct all cleaning and disposal operations to comply with all federal, state, and local
laws, regulations, codes, ordinances and by-laws.
(1) Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the site.
(2) Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or
sanitary drains.
(3) Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust.
C. Do not allow materials and rubbish to drop free or be thrown from upper floors, but
remove by use of a material hoist or rubbish chutes.
D. Maintain the Site free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish.
E. Do not leave debris in occupied units.
F. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials and rubbish.
G. At the end of each day, remove and legally dispose waste materials and rubbish from site.
H. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting, and continue
vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis until Substantial Completion.
I. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
J. Disposal of materials shall be in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations,
ordinances, codes, and by-laws.
DHCD 9/09/2008 ) Progress Cleaning 01.74.13
1 of 3
4. FINAL CLEANING
A. Prior to submitting a request to the Architect to certify Substantial Completion of the
Work, the Contractor shall inspect all interior and exterior spaces and verify that all
waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery, and surplus materials have been
removed, and that all sight-exposed surfaces are clean. Leave the Project clean and
ready for occupancy.
B. Unless otherwise specified under other sections of the Specifications, the Contractor
shall perform final cleaning operations as herein specified prior to final inspection.
C. Cleaning shall include all surfaces, interior and exterior, which the Contractor has had
access to, whether new or existing.
D. Employ experienced workmen or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
E. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of the surface to be
cleaned.
F. Use cleaning materials which will not create a hazard to health or property and which
will not damage surfaces.
G. All broken or defective glass caused by the Contractor's Work shall be replaced at the
expense of the Contractor.
H. Remove grease, mastic, adhesive, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other
foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces. This includes
cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by
such trades is included in their respective specifications.
I. Clean and polish all new and existing glass and plastic glazing (if any) throughout the
building(s), on both sides. Clean plastic glazing in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. This cleaning shall be completed by qualified window cleaners at the
expense of the Contractor just prior to acceptance of the Work.
J. Wash and polish all mirrors.
K. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to the specified finish, to match adjacent
surfaces.
L. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
M. Do the final cleaning of resilient floors and wood floors as specified under the respective
sections of the Specifications.
N. Leave all architectural metals, hardware, and fixtures in undamaged, polished
conditions.
O. Leave pipe and duct spaces, plenums, furred spaces and the like clean of debris and
decayable materials.
P. In cleaning items with manufacturer's finish or items previously finished by a
Subcontractor, care shall be taken not to damage such manufacturer's or
Subcontractor's finish. In cleaning glass and finish surfaces, care shall be taken not to
use detergents or other cleaning agents which may stain adjoining finish surfaces. Any
damage to finishes caused by cleaning operations shall be repaired at the Contractor's
DHCD 9/09/2008 ) Progress Cleaning 01.74.13
2 of 3
DHCD 9/09/2008 ) Progress Cleaning 01.74.13
3 of 3
Q. Broom clean exposed concrete surfaces and paved surfaces. Rake clean other
surfaces of grounds.
R. Ventilating systems - Replace filters and clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were
operated during construction.
S. Owner's responsibility for cleaning commences at Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 01.74.13
Progress Cleaning and Final Cleaning
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Construction & Demolition Waste Management 01.74.19
1 of 2
SECTION 01.74.19
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT
1. Description of Work
A. This section describes the requirements for the Contractor and all subcontractors to
minimize construction waste and debris and to reuse, salvage, and recycle to the
greatest extent possible.
B. This section specifies certain wastes that are required to be recycled.
C. This section includes a standard Waste Management Report Template (01.74.19.01)
2. Related Sections
A. 01.29.00 Payment Procedures
B. 01.33.00 Submittals
C. 02.41.19 Demolition
D. 06.10.53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry
3. Waste Management Goals
A. The Owner’s waste management goals include increased recycling and conservation of
materials. Construction and Demolition Wastes have been identified as a particular
target for reuse and recycling, for several reasons.
B. Required Recycling - Recycling is required for each of the following materials if that
particular material is expected to be part of the project’s demolition and/or construction
waste:
(1.) Cardboard & paper packaging
4. Pre-Construction Waste Management Report Submittal
B. Prior to any waste removal, the Contractor shall submit a completed Draft Waste
Management Report (01.74.19.01) to the Architect and
C. If there are additional items to those listed the Contractor may also submit a completed
list of items that will be voluntarily recycled on form 01.74.19.02.
D. The following databases may be used to find recyclers/haulers for construction debris.
(1.) Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection www.Mass.gov/DEP/recycle.
(2.) The GSA Environmental Strategies and Safety www.wbdg.org/tools/cwm.php.
5. The Pre-Construction Waste Management Report
A. The Contractor’s Pre-Construction Waste Management Report submittal shall be
reviewed as part of submittal process. The Contractor’s submittal portion may be
handwritten.
B. The Report shall include a summary of the proposed jobsite wastes to be generated,
including types and approximate quantities of each material.
(1.) Disposal options: The name of all landfill(s) and/or incinerator(s) proposed for trash
disposal.
DHCD 9/9/2009 Construction & Demolition Waste Management 01.74.19
2 of 2
(2.) In addition to the Information provided on the Report Form provide supplemental
information advising the Architect of the following:
(a.) Materials Handling Procedures: A brief description of how the Contractor
proposes separating and stockpiling materials on site. What materials will be
separated and how will they be temporarily stored.
(b.) Transportation: A description of the means of transportation of the recyclable
materials (whether materials will be site-separated and hauled to designated
markets, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a hauler and removed
from the site and later separated for recycling). See the template (Form
01.74.19.01) at the end of this section.
6. Waste Management Implementation
A. Manager: The Contractor shall designate a specific person responsible for explaining
the procedures for project recycling to Contractor’s personnel and new workers. This
person should also manage and coordinate all transportation of waste to recyclers and
landfills and maintain records of materials leaving site and destinations.
B. Clearly marked containers or areas- to identify where different materials are to be stored.
7. Reporting Required at Time of Application for Payment
A. The Schedule of Values shall include at least one line item representing the Waste
Management requirements for this contract
B. Application for Progress Payments: The Contractor shall submit with each Application for
Progress Payment a Summary of Waste generated by the Project.
C. Failure to submit this information shall render the Application for Payment incomplete
and shall delay Progress Payments. The Summary shall be submitted on a form
acceptable to the Owner and shall contain the following information:
(1.) For each material recycled, reused, or salvaged from the Project, the amount (in tons or
cubic yards), the date removed from the jobsite and the receiving party, Attach manifests,
weight tickets, etc..
(2.) The amount (in tons) of material landfilled from the Project, the location of the landfill, and
delivery manifests, weight tickets, etc..
D. The Architects receipt and approval of all required Waste Management documentation
shall be precedent to Final Payment.
END OF SECTION
REPORT 01.79.19.01
Pre-Construction Waste Management Report Form
Mandatory Waste Management Report
Diverted from Landfill By:
Material Category
Disposed in
Municipal
Solid Waste
Landfill
Recycling Salvage Reuse
Materials where Recycling is Mandatory in this Contract
1 Concrete, concrete blocks and
masonry units (CY)
2 Uncoated asphalt, bricks, and
concrete (ABC). (CY)
3 Packaging and packing materials (lbs)
4 Cement fiber products including
shingles, panels, siding (lbs)
5 Glass (lbs)
6 Plastics (lbs)
7 Clean dimensional wood. (lbs)
8 Ferrous Metals (lbs)
9 Non-ferrous metals (lbs)
10 Green materials (land clearing debris,
tree trimming etc (lbs)
11
Any other materials
Total (In Weight) Total of all of the above in weight
This Form should be Stamped and Signed as
approved by the Contractor before submitting to
the Designer
This page intentionally blank.
SECTION 01.77.00
PROJECT CLOSE OUT PROCEDURES
77.1. SCOPE
A This section lists the procedures required for the proper completion of this project including
processing the Release of Retainage and making the Final Payment to the Contractor.
B Consult the Individual sections of the specifications for requirements affecting Project Close
Out.
77.2. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A This section supplements the General Conditions.
B Consult the individual sections of the specifications for specific items required under those
sections.
C Section 01.26.00 Contract modification Procedures
D Section 01.29.00 Payment Procedures
E Section 01.74.19 Construction and Demolition Waste Management
77.3. PARTIAL COMPLETION
A At the completion of Work within a Dwelling Unit the Contractor may notify the Architect that
the Work within the unit(s) is Partially Complete. The Architect, or a designee, shall
conduct a thorough inspection of the Work. If the Dwelling Unit is actively occupied this
inspection shall occur within 24 hours of any written request. The Architect shall prepare a
punch list, setting forth in accurate detail any items and additional items that are not
acceptable or incomplete inside the dwelling unit. The Contractor shall coordinate all
Subcontractors to achieve prompt completion of the punch list.
B Prior to requesting Partial Completion the Contractor shall make a thorough inspection of
the Work. During this inspection the Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive list of all
items remaining to be completed or corrected. This list shall include all remaining
Contractor and Subcontractor items to be provided under the Contract Documents.
C The Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility to provide Contract items left off
the Architect’s punch list.
D If the Architect determines that the Work within the dwelling unit is not Partially Complete,
or not acceptable for the use for which it was intended, the Architect shall inform the
Contractor of those items that must be completed before the Architect will prepare the
punch list. Upon completion of those items, the Contractor shall again request the Architect
to prepare a punch list.
E If the Contractor fails to request an inspection that Contractor will be responsible for the
condition of the Work even if the Dwelling Unit is occupied.
F The date of Substantial Completion for the entire contact and the start of all associated
warranties shall not occur until work in all units is complete.
G The Architect shall prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with
Article 9.6 of the General Conditions after the work in all Dwelling Units is complete.
H Partial Payment of Retainage shall not be made until at least 65 days after the effective
date of the final Certificate of Substantial Completion for the entire project.
DHCD 1/21/2010 Project Closeout 01.77.00
1 of 3
77.4. RECORD DRAWINGS
A Consult the individual sections of the Specifications for the specific requirements of those
sections. In cases of inconsistency the more stringent requirement, as directed by the
Architect, shall be required.
B Prior to final payment and completion the Contractor shall provide all marked up As Built
Drawings as required under other sections of the Specifications.
77.5. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A Consult the individual sections of the specifications for the specific requirements for those
sections and for further details and descriptions of the requirements
B Prior to final payment and completion the Contractor shall provide all Operating Manuals
and Maintenance Instructions as required by the Contract Documents.
C OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS
(1.) Subcontractors, installers, and suppliers shall furnish to the Contractor two sets of
operating and maintenance instructions of all mechanical, electrical, and manually
operated equipment furnished and installed by them. Mechanical and electrical
subcontractors shall furnish instructions as specified in their respective sections.
(2.) The Contractor shall collect all of the above instructions, bind them into two
complete sets, and submit them to the Architect who will deliver them to the Owner.
(3.) Submission of operating and maintenance instructions shall be a condition
precedent to final payment.
D INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
(1.) Where specified in the individual sections of the specifications, the Contractor and
Subcontractor shall instruct the Owner's personnel at the site, in the use and
maintenance of equipment installed under the Contract.
(2.) Submission to the Architect of a certificate of compliance to this requirement, signed
by the Contractor and the Owner's Representative, shall be a condition precedent to
final payment.
77.6. FINAL COMPLETION
A RELATED REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor's attention is directed to Article 9.7 of the General Conditions and the
Construction Handbook.
B FULL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE (FINAL PAYMENT)
(1.) Upon completion of all work, and after receipt of all appropriate marked up As Built
Drawings, Operating Manuals, Warranties, Guarantees, and Spare Parts required
by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall prepare the Certificate of Final
Completion (Form 01.77.00.03) a copy of which can be found in the Construction
Handbook or on the DHCD website. A sample of this form can be found at the end
of this section.
(2.) This certificate shall be processed in accordance with the procedures described in
the Construction Handbook.
(3.) The Contractor’s signature on this Certificate shall be notarized.
(4.) The Contractor shall provide a final Application for Payment to complement the
close-out process.
DHCD 1/21/2010 Project Closeout 01.77.00
2 of 3
DHCD 1/21/2010 Project Closeout 01.77.00
3 of 3
C PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE
(1.) If within 65 days after Substantial Completion, any of the items on the Architect's
punch list are not complete or if the Contractor has not provided the appropriate
marked up As Built Drawings, Operating Manuals, Warranties, Guarantees, or
Spare Parts the Architect shall assign a monetary value for each incomplete item as
well as any other items as provided by M.G.L. c.30 §39K, and the Architect shall
prepare a Certificate for Partial Release of Retainage
(2.) If the Architect is required to prepare a Certificate for Partial Release of Retainage
(Form 01.77.00.02) the Contractor shall complete all remaining Work in accordance
with the provisions of Article 9.7 of the General Conditions. A copy of this form can
be found in the Construction Handbook or on the DHCD web site. There is also a
sample at the end of this section.
(3.) The Contractor’s signature on this Certificate shall be notarized.
(4.) The Contractor may make a request for additional releases of retainage when
portions of the Work listed on the Architect's punch list have been satisfactorily
completed. Each request shall be accompanied by a new application for payment
and a new signed and notarized Certificate for Partial Release of Retainage.
(5.) The Architect’s inspections, required to complete the additional payment
applications described in subparagraph C4 above, are subject to provisions of
subparagraph 9.7.5 of the General Conditions.
(6.) Upon completion of all remaining items, the Final Release of Retainage shall be
processed in accordance with paragraph B above.
END OF SECTION 01.77.00
PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Certificate of Substantial Completion 01.77.00.01
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
Contractor
Owner Housing Authority
Phone Phone
Fax Fax
Development No FISH No
Contract for:
Pursuant to the General, Supplementary, and Special Conditions of the Contract Documents relative to Partial or Total Occupancy, you are hereby notified that the Housing Authority has satisfied itself that the portion(s) of the above
mentioned project, as hereinafter enumerated, is (are) ready for use and or occupancy:
Identify the Buildings and/or areas to be occupied and or used:
The Housing Authority, through its undersigned representative hereby accepts from the Contractor,
subject to contract stipulations , said portion(s) of the Project, effective 12:00 Noon on:
INSERT DATE F the day of 20 09
The Contractor will be relieved of responsibility for performing further Work or supplying further materials, equipment, or other
items, in accordance with the General, Supplementary, and Special Conditions of the Contract Documents (relative to partial
or total occupancy), except for the following work:
Append a complete list of all incomplete and/or unsatisfactory items of the Work, which in the opinion of this Housing Authority, are attributable to the fault, negligence, or oversight of the of the Contractor, any subcontractors, material suppliers, agents, servants, or employees.
NOTE: Attach one copy of the "Punch List" Items to each copy of this document.
The Use or Occupancy of the building(s) or portion(s) of this project by the Housing Authority shall not:
• constitute acceptance of any Work not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents;
• relieve the Contractor of the liability to perform any Work required by the Contract but not completed at the time of
Use and or Occupancy; nor
• relieve the Contractor of liabilities with respect to any express warranties or guarantees required by the Contract.
CERTIFICATION OF HOUSING AUTHORITY BOARD VOTE Must be completed by the Owner
The Housing Authority met on And voted to approve this Certificate:
Certified By: , Contract Officer
Approved: Architect
Firm:
By:
Date:
Accepted: Contractor
Firm:
By:
Date:
Reviewed: Construction Advisor
Department of Housing & Community Development
By:
Date:
Approved: Director, Construction Management Unit
Department of Housing & Community Development
By:
Date:
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Certificate for Partial Release of Retainage 01.77.00.02
CERTIFICATE FOR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT This form should originate with the Architect
Contractor Owner: Housing Authority
Phone Phone
Fax Fax
Development No Period
Ending
Contract for: FISH No;
THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE STATUS OF THE CONTRACT IS AS FOLLOWS:
I. CONTRACT TIME
1. The Date of Substantial Completion is.................................................................................
2. The Date of Substantial Completion as Extended by Change Order is...........................
3. The Actual Date of Substantial Completion is:...................................................................
4. Overrun in Contract Time
II. CONTRACT SUM
1. The Original Contract Sum is ............................................................................................... $
2. The Sum of Approved Change Orders to Date is.............................................................. $
3. The Adjusted Contract Sum is ............................................................................................. $
LESS:
4. Sum of authorized payments to date:.................................................................................. $
5. Sum of Moneitized Punch List................................................................................................. $
6. Sum of other claims by Owner ............................................................................................... $
III. THAT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. IS DUE & PAYABLE IN THE AMOUNT OF: $
Copy Attached THE UNDERSIGNED CONTRACTOR HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT: The Contractor should complete items 1-5 and certify below
1. All Work, including work required under change order(s) has been performed in accordance with the terms of the Contract.
2. All changes to the Work (except minor modifications and field adjustments) have been authorized in writing by the Owner.
3. All laborers and mechanics have been paid at least the minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract, and
4. There have been no claims made for infringement of any patent.
5. By accepting the payment shown in line III the Contractor releases the Owner from any and all claims arising under the Contract except for those set forth in A-B below. However if the Owner does not pay the Contractor the full amount of the payment shown above, such reduction shall not affect the validity of this release. Rather, the amount not paid shall be considered as another claim asserted by the Contractor.
EXCEPTIONS: CONTRACTOR’S CLAIMS AGAINST OWNER
A.
B.
CERTIFIED: CONTRACTOR
In witness Whereof the Undersigned has signed and sealed this Instrument this day
of
20
Firm:
By: Date:
Title:
State of County of On this day of 20
before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared , proved to me
through satisfactory evidence which was to be the person whose name is
signed on this document in my presence.
Notary Public: aaa
My Commission Expires:
CERTIFICATION OF HOUSING AUTHORITY BOARD VOTE:
The Housing Authority met on And voted to approve this Certificate and Payment
Certified: , Contract Officer
APPROVED : ARCHITECT REVIEWED: CONSTRUCTION ADVISOR APPROVED : DIRECTOR CONST. MANAGEMENT UNIT
Firm: Dept of Housing & Community
Development
Dept of Housing & Community Development
By: By: By:
Date: Date: Date:
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/09/2009 Certificate of Final Completion 01.77.00.03
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT This form should originate with the Architect
Contractor Owner: Housing Authority
Phone Phone
Fax Fax
Development No Period
Ending
Contract for: FISH No;
THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE STATUS OF THE CONTRACT IS AS FOLLOWS:
I. CONTRACT TIME
1. The Date of Substantial Completion is...................................................................................
2. The Date of Substantial Completion as Extended by Change Order is.............................
3. The Actual Date of Substantial Completion is:......................................................................
4. Overrun in Contract Time ......................................................................................................
II. CONTRACT SUM
1. The Original Contract Sum is ................................................................................................$
2. The Sum of Approved Change Orders to Date is................................................................$
3. The Adjusted Contract Sum is ................................................................................................$
LESS:
4. Sum of authorized payments to date:....................................................................................$
5. Sum of other claims by Owner:...............................................................................................$
III. THAT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. IS DUE & PAYABLE IN THE AMOUNT
OF: $
Copy Attached
THE UNDERSIGNED CONTRACTOR HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT: The Contractor should complete items 1-5 and certify below 1. All Work, including work required under change order(s) has been performed in accordance with the terms of the Contract.
2. All changes to the Work (except minor modifications and field adjustments) have been authorized in writing by the Owner.
3. All laborers and mechanics have been paid at least the minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract, and
4. There have been no claims made for infringement of any patent.
5. By accepting the payment show n in line III the Contractor releases the Owner from any and all claims arising under the Contract.
CERTIFIED: CONTRACTOR
In witness Whereof the Undersigned has signed and sealed
this Instrument this day of 200
Firm:
By: Date:
Title:
State of County of On this day of 20
before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared ,
proved to me through satisfactory evidence which was to
be the person whose name is signed on this document in my presence.
Notary Public: aaa
My Commission Expires:
CERTIFICATION OF HOUSING AUTHORITY BOARD VOTE:
The Housing Authority met on And voted to approve this Certificate and Payment
Certified: Contract Officer
APPROVED : ARCHITECT REVIEWED: CONSTRUCTION ADVISOR APPROVED : DIRECTOR CONST. MANAGEMENT UNIT
Firm: Dept of Housing & Community Development Dept of Housing & Community Development
By: By: By:
Date: Date: Date:
This page intentionally blank.
DHCD 9/09/2009 ) SURVEYS 01.78.29
1 of 1
SECTION 01 78 29
FINAL SURVEYS
1. SURVEYS
A. At the completion of foundations, the Contractor shall furnish to the owner a survey, signed by
a Land Surveyor or Engineer registered in Massachusetts, certifying that the location of the
building(s) and the principal lines, levels, and dimensions of the buildings are accurately
established in accordance with the drawings.
(1.) This drawing shall be the same size as the other drawings in the Contract Documents.
(2.) One electronic media copy of this drawing shall be provided in PDF.
B. During the installation of the septic system, the Contractor shall, if requested by the local
governing official, provide a certified plan showing the installed location of all septic system
components. This survey shall be prepared by a Land Surveyor or Engineer, registered in
Massachusetts, at no additional cost to the Owner.
(1.) This drawing shall be the same size as the other drawings in the Contract Documents.
(2.) One electronic media copy of this drawing shall be provided in PDF Format.
END OF SECTION 01.78.29
FINAL SURVEYS
This page intentionally blank.
SECTION 01.78.39
PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. This section specifies the requirements for maintaining and preparing Projects Record
Drawings during and at the completion of the Work.
B. .Record Drawings shall consist of all the Contract Drawings.
2. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This section supplements the General Conditions.
B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for cleaning of Work installed under
those sections.
C. Section 01.29.00 Payment Procedures.
D. Section 01.77.00 Project Close Out
3. PROCEDURES DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. From the sets of drawings furnished by the Owner, the Contractor shall reserve one set
for record purposes.
B. The Contractor shall keep their marked up As Built set on the site at all times and note
on it in colored ink or pencil, neatly and accurately, at the end of each working day, the
exact location of their work as actually installed. This shall include:
(1) The location and dimensions of underground and concealed Work, and any
architectural, mechanical, or electrical variations from the Contract Drawings.
(2) All changes, including those issued by Addendum, Change Order, or instructions by
the Architect shall be recorded.
C. Marked up As Built drawings shall be prepared for the entire project and include all Work,
including but not limited to:
(1) The location of all underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent
surface improvements, both horizontally and vertically at ten (10) foot intervals and at
all changes of direction.
(2) The location of all internal utilities and appurtenances, concealed by finish materials,
including but not limited to valves, coils, dampers, vents, cleanouts, strainers, pipes,
junction boxes, turning vanes, variable and constant volume boxes, ducts, traps, and
maintenance devices.
(3) The location of these, items shall be shown by offsets to structure and drawing grid
lines.
D. The tolerance for the actual location of these items on the marked up As Built Drawings
shall be plus or minus two (2) inches.
E. Each item shall be referenced by showing a tag number, areas served, and function on
the marked up As Built drawing
DHCD 02/01/2010 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS 01.78.39
1 of 2
DHCD 02/01/2010 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS 01.78.39
2 of 2
F. The Architect may periodically inspect the marked up As Built drawings at the site. The
proper and current maintenance of the information required on these drawings shall be a
condition precedent to approval of the monthly applications for payment.
4. PROCEDURES AT COMPLETION
A. At Substantial Completion the Contractor shall submit the complete set of marked up As
Built drawings to the Architect. The Contractor shall check all marked up As Builts
prepared by subcontractors and certify in writing on the title sheet of the drawings that
they are complete and correct, prior to submission to the Architect.
B. The Architect shall review the marked up As Built drawings and verify by letter to the
Owner that the Work is complete.
C. The Contractor may make a written request for copies of the completed Record
Drawings. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner directly for the cost of printing of
any requested Record Drawings.
D. Submission of accurate marked up As Built drawings and their approval by the Architect
shall be a condition precedent to final payment.
END OF SECTION 01 78.39
PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 02.41.19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01.11.00 "Summary of Work" for restrictions on the use of the premises, Owner-
occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements.
2. Section 01.73.29 "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures.
3. Section 01.74.19 “Construction Waste Management” for waste management and
recycling requirements.
4. Section 31.10.00 "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade
improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall
where indicated.
C. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and
that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and
reinstalled.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending
dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's and other tenants' on-site
operations are uninterrupted.
2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.
3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02.41.19 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
4. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of
Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.
B. Warranties: Documentation indicated that existing warranties are still in effect after completion
of selective demolition.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged.
B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility
licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.
Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far
as practical.
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding
with selective demolition.
D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the
Work.
1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify
Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate
contract.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against
damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02.41.19 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition
operations.
B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not
guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents.
C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to Architect.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01.50.00
"Temporary Facilities."
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area
and to and from occupied portions of building.
2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of
existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage
and damage to structure and interior areas.
3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are
exposed during selective demolition operations.
4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling
specified in Section 01.50.00 "Temporary Facilities."
C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required
to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes
to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction
being demolished.
1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.
3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete
selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting
members on the next lower level.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02.41.19 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to
remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of
hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable
fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and
promptly dispose of off-site.
7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid
free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in
Section 01.74.19 "Construction Waste Management."
B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition.
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS
A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power-driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at
least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at
perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of
concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated.
B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to
remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw
cuts.
C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and
remove.
D. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to
recommendations in RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor
Coverings." Do not use methods requiring solvent-based adhesive strippers.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled,
or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project
site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces
and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will
convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management
and Disposal."
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02.41.19 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02.41.19 - 5
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition
operations began.
END OF SECTION 02.41.19
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 06.10.53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Framing with dimension lumber.
2. Wood blocking and nailers.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06.20.13 "Exterior Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items
exposed to view and not specified in another Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches
nominal in least dimension.
B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the
following:
1. NHLA: National Hardwood Lumber Association.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate
component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment
manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with
requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative
retained.
2. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture
content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to
Project site.
3. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each
type of treatment.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06.10.53 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for
fire-retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the
classification marking is representative of the material tested.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting,
securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading
agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-
writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an
agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the
rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade
stamp on end or back of each piece.
3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20
for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are
minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber.
4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent.
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for
interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior
construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in
contact with the ground.
1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and
containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill
plates.
2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical
formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or
otherwise adversely affect finishes.
B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not
use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated
material.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06.10.53 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
ALSC Board of Review.
1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or
back of each piece.
D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Wood nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with
roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, and similar concealed members in contact with
masonry or concrete.
3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior
masonry or concrete walls.
4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawl
spaces or unexcavated areas.
5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade.
2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
A. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction or No. 2 grade of any species.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or
attachment of other construction, including the following:
1. Blocking.
2. Nailers.
3. Cants.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of any
species.
C. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade
lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate
defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose.
D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut
lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other
work.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements
specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative
treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc
coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06.10.53 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.
2.6 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
2. KC Metals Products, Inc.
3. Phoenix Metal Products, Inc.
4. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.
5. USP Structural Connectors.
B. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation.
1. Use for interior locations unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install
continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood
Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
C. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's
written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole.
D. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials,
fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and
intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening
edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c.
F. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation
or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that
interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum
number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
G. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-
treated lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06.10.53 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06.10.53 - 5
H. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.
3. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and
Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential
Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings.
I. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will
not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive
finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without
splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise
indicated.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If,
despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered
borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered
label.
B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection,
miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment.
Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.
END OF SECTION 06.10.53
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 06.20.13 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior cellular PVC trim.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06.10.53 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and
other carpentry work not exposed to view and for framing exposed to view.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate
component materials, dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include
construction and application details.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for
fire-retardant-treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the
classification marking is representative of the material tested.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to
provide air circulation. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof
sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under
coverings.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.13 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecast weather
conditions permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish can be
applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness.
B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold
damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not
limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy
or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty for Cellular PVC Trim: Manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace trim that fails due to defects in manufacturing within specified warranty period.
Failures include, but are not limited to, deterioration, delamination, and excessive
swelling from moisture.
1. Warranty Period: 25 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EXTERIOR TRIM
A. Cellular PVC Trim: Extruded, expanded PVC with a small-cell microstructure,
recommended by manufacturer for exterior use, made from UV- and heat-stabilized,
rigid material.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation; CertainTeed Restoration Millwork.
b. Fypon Ltd.; Fypon PVC.
c. Kleer Lumber, LLC; Kleer Trimboard.
d. Vycom Corp.; Azek.
2. Density: Not less than 31 lb/cu. ft. (500 kg/cu. m).
3. Heat Deflection Temperature: Not less than 130 deg F (54 deg C), according to
ASTM D 648.
4. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: Not more than 4.5 x 10 inches/inch x deg F-5
(8.1 x 10 mm/mm x deg C)-5 .
5. Water Absorption: Not more than 1 percent, according to ASTM D 570.
6. Flame-Spread Index: 75 or less, according to ASTM E 84.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length to
penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into wood substrate.
1. For applications not otherwise indicated, provide stainless-steel, hot-dip
galvanized-steel, or aluminum fasteners as recommended by trim manufacturer.
EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.13 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Adhesive for Cellular PVC Trim: Product recommended by trim manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet,
moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished,
inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements.
B. Install exterior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials.
Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment.
1. Scribe and cut exterior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal
cuts as recommended by manufacturer.
2. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2438 mm) for level and
plumb. Install adjoining exterior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch (0.8-mm)
maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) maximum offset for
reveal installation.
3. Coordinate exterior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to
it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exterior
finish carpentry.
3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION
A. Install cellular PVC trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install trim with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from
maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches (610
mm) long except where necessary.
1. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints.
2. Stagger end joints in adjacent and related members.
EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.13 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.13 - 4
C. Fit exterior joints to exclude water. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce
tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. Plane backs of
casings to provide uniform thickness across joints, where necessary for alignment.
D. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand
unless otherwise indicated.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Replace exterior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with
requirements. Exterior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies
with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for
uniform appearance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean exterior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up
factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during
construction.
B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and
mold damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not
limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy
or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 06.20.13
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 06.20.23 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior trim.
2. Solid surface wainscoting and trim.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06.10.53 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and
other carpentry work not exposed to view.
2. Section 09.91.23 "Interior Painting" for priming and backpriming of interior finish
carpentry.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. MDO: Plywood with a medium-density overlay on the face.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate
component materials, dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include
construction and application details.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product involving selection of colors,
profiles, or textures.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to
provide air circulation. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof
sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under
coverings.
B. Deliver interior finish carpentry materials only when environmental conditions meet
requirements specified for installation areas. If interior finish carpentry materials must
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.23 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions
meet requirements specified for installation areas.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold
damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not
limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy
or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and the following grading rules:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association, "Standard Grading
Rules for Northeastern Lumber."
2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority, "Standard Grading Rules for
Canadian Lumber."
3. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, Standard No. 17, "Grading
Rules for West Coast Lumber."
4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association, "Western Lumber Grading Rules."
B. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating
grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.
1. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece.
2.2 INTERIOR TRIM
A. Softwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish):
1. Species and Grade: Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, radiata, or sugar pine;
C Select (Choice); NLGA or WWPA.
2. Maximum Moisture Content: [19] percent with at least 85 percent of shipment at
12 percent or less.
3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed.
4. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth).
B. Softwood Moldings for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): WMMPA WM 4, N-
grade wood moldings. Made to patterns included in WMMPA WM 12.
1. Species: [Eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, radiata, or sugar
pine].
2. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent with at least 85 percent of shipment at
12 percent or less.
3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed.
4. Matching: Selected for compatible grain and color.
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.23 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
C. Moldings for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish): Made to patterns included in
WMMPA WM 12.
1. Softwood Moldings: WMMPA WM 4, P grade.
a. Species: Eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, radiata, or
sugar pine.
b. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent with at least 85 percent of
shipment at 12 percent or less.
2. Finger Jointing: Allowed.
2.3 SOLID SURFACE WAINSCOTING AND TRIM
A. Configuration: Provide beaded wainscoting panels in 1/4'” thickness. Provide solid
surface trim in dimensions as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Materials: Provide Swanstone Wainscoting panels as manufactured by the Swan
Corporation, or approved equal. Provide a ll required adhesives and accessories for a
complete installation.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of
type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure
attachment, concealed where possible.
B. Multipurpose Construction Adhesive: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is
recommended for indicated use by adhesive manufacturer.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Back out or kerf backs of the following members except those with ends exposed in
finished work:
1. Interior standing and running trim except shoe and crown molds.
B. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch radius and
edges of lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch radius.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet,
moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.23 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
B. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing
humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning is
recommended by manufacturer.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished,
inadequately seasoned, too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements, or
with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns.
B. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials.
Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment.
1. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal
cuts as recommended by manufacturer.
2. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and
sand unless otherwise indicated.
3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining
interior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and
1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation.
4. Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to
it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior
finish carpentry.
3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION
A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum
lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where
necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. Cope or
miter at returns, miter at outside corners, and cope at inside corners to produce tight-
fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-
to-end joints. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints where
necessary for alignment.
1. Match color and grain pattern of trim for transparent finish (stain or clear finish)
across joints.
2. Install trim after gypsum-board joint finishing operations are completed.
3. Install without splitting; drill pilot holes before fastening where necessary to
prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink fastener
heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Replace interior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with
requirements. Interior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.23 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06.20.23 - 5
with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for
uniform appearance.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean interior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Restore
damaged or soiled areas and touch up factory-applied finishes, if any.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during
construction.
B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and
mold damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not
limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy
or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 06.20.23
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 07.21.00 - THERMAL INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Glass-fiber blanket insulation.
2. Spray polyurethane foam insulation.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products
according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with
appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to
moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. CertainTeed Corporation.
2. Guardian Building Products, Inc.
3. Johns Manville.
THERMAL INSULATION 07.21.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
4. Knauf Insulation.
5. Owens Corning.
B. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-
spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84;
passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
C. Sustainability Requirements: Provide glass-fiber blanket insulation as follows:
1. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders
and no formaldehyde.
2. Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D 5116 and shown to emit
less than 0.05-ppm formaldehyde.
2.2 SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION
A. Closed-Cell Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029, Type II, with maximum
flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per
ASTM E 84.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. BASF Corporation.
b. Dow Chemical Company (The).
c. NCFI; Division of Barnhardt Mfg. Co.
d. SWD Urethane Company.
2. Minimum density of 1.5 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 6.2 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x
in. at 75 deg F.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation or that interfere with
insulation attachment.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and
applications indicated.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left
exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time.
C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around
obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with
placement.
THERMAL INSULATION 07.21.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
THERMAL INSULATION 07.21.00 - 3
D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard
thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce
thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up
total thickness.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION
A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's
written instructions.
B. Glass-Fiber Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the
following requirements:
1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing
members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths
that will produce a snug fit between ends.
2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit
between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
C. Spray-Applied Insulation: Apply spray-applied insulation according to manufacturer's
written instructions. Do not apply insulation until installation of pipes, ducts, conduits,
wiring, and electrical outlets in walls is completed and windows, electrical boxes, and
other items not indicated to receive insulation are masked. After insulation is applied,
make flush with face of studs by using method recommended by insulation
manufacturer.
D. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where
required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials:
1. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical
abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation
is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction
immediately after installation.
END OF SECTION 07.21.00
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 07.62.00 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Miscellaneous sheet metal fabrications.
2. Synthetic underlayment.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06.10.00 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of
penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.
B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall
materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof-penetration flashing, equipment
curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and
trim.
3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.
4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing
installation.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and
accessory.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07.62.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated
with factory-applied finishes.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish.
1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished
seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other
attachments.
2. Trim, Metal Closures, Expansion Joints, Joint Intersections, and Miscellaneous
Fabrications: 12 inches long and in required profile. Include fasteners and other
exposed accessories.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal
flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a
record of successful in-service performance.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that
might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing
and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.
B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure
to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal
flashing and trim installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads,
structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without
failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in
construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen,
and shall remain watertight.
B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA
Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for
dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07.62.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental
effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat
gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
2.2 SHEET METALS
A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by
applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.
B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required,
with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with
smooth, flat surface.
1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
a. Siliconized Polyester: Epoxy primer and silicone-modified, polyester-
enamel topcoat; with dry film thickness of not less than 0.2 mil for primer
and 0.8 mil for topcoat.
2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
3. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored
acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with
minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil.
2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Synthetic Underlayment: Laminated or reinforced, woven polyethylene or
polypropylene, synthetic roofing underlayment; bitumen free; slip resistant; suitable for
high temperatures over 220 deg F; and complying with physical requirements of
ASTM D 226/D 226M for Type I and Type II felts.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Atlas Roofing Corporation; Summit.
b. Engineered Coated Products; Nova-Seal II.
c. Kirsch Building Products, LLC; Sharkskin Comp Sharkskin Ultra.
d. MSDP Advanced Polymer Products Inc., 123456837472M; Palisade.
B. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils thick, consisting of a slip-
resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl-
or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; specifically designed to
withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to
written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Carlisle Residential, a division of Carlisle Construction Materials;
WIP 300HT.
b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co.-Conn.; Grace
Ice and Water Shield HT Ultra.
c. Owens Corning; WeatherLock Specialty Tile & Metal Underlayment.
d. Protecto Wrap Company; Protecto Jiffy Seal Ice & Water Guard HT.
2. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F or higher.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07.62.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20
deg F or lower.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings,
sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing
and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or
manufactured item unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking
rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and
recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.
1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.
a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic
caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC
sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather
side of metal.
b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable
for metal being fastened.
2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.
C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound
sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag,
nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.
D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type,
grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and
trim and remain watertight.
E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant;
polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movement.
F. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound,
recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including
riveted joints.
G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.
H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for
application.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown
and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions,
geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet
metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07.62.00 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply
with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each
application and metal.
2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning,
buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges
folded back to form hems.
4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use
exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.
B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of
installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on
Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching
profiles.
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of
installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal
Roofing."
D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to
provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal
standard.
E. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams
and seal with epoxy seam sealer.
F. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates.
2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and
securely anchored.
3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or
backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. Synthetic Underlayment: Install synthetic underlayment, wrinkle free, according to
manufacturers' written instructions, and using adhesive where possible to minimize use
of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07.62.00 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle
free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with
temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for
installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water,
with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap
side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover
underlayment within 14 days.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts
pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or
corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent
separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal
standard.
1. Coat concealed side of uncoated-aluminum sheet metal flashing and trim with
bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or
cementitious construction.
2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on
cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.
B. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than
1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws.
C. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and
locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as
required for a tight installation.
D. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.
1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of
joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely
conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40
and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust
setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not
install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200
"Joint Sealants."
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed
tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and
within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed
tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07.62.00 - 6
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07.62.00 - 7
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and
weathering.
B. Clean off excess sealants.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing
and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation
instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove
unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing
and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during
construction.
D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have
deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair
procedures.
END OF SECTION 07.62.00
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 07.92.00 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Urethane joint sealants.
2. Latex joint sealants.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 08.53.13 "Vinyl Windows" for sealing joints at new window installation.
2. Section 32.13.13 "Concrete Paving” for sealing joints in pavements, walkways,
and curbing.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured
sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and
approved for installation of units required for this Project.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single
manufacturer.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
JOINT SEALANTS 07.92.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted
by joint-sealant manufacturer[ or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C)].
2. When joint substrates are wet.
3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated.
4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been
removed from joint substrates.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint
sealants from the following:
1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable
to design or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design
specifications.
3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.
4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other
atmospheric contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field
experience.
B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining
to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to
ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.
C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full
range.
2.2 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS,
Class 100/50, for Use NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide one of the
following]:
a. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 15LM.
b. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 921 or Dymonic FC.
JOINT SEALANTS 07.92.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS
A. Latex Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP,
Grade NF.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolac.
b. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 600.
c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil-A 700.
d. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+.
e. Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; SM 8200.
f. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834.
2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and
laboratory testing.
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a
surface skin), Type O (open-cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface
skin), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant
manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant
depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials
or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction
joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances
capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any
way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
JOINT SEALANTS 07.92.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting joint-sealant performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants
to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following
requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with
adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective
coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant
manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents,
water, surface dirt, and frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical
abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate
capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles
remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints
with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following:
a. Concrete.
b. Masonry.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means
that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with
adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant
manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written
instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or
migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or
primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or
damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears.
Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for
products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use
of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
JOINT SEALANTS 07.92.00 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants
relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant
application and replace them with dry materials.
D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used
between sealants and backs of joints.
E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same
time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that
allow optimum sealant movement capability.
F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs
below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air
pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that
do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise
indicated.
4. Provide flush joint profile where indicated per Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193.
5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated
per Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193.
a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure
from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered
satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to
comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove
sealants comply with indicated requirements.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses
by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint
sealants and of products in which joints occur.
3.6 PROTECTION
JOINT SEALANTS 07.92.00 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
JOINT SEALANTS 07.92.00 - 6
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes
so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If,
despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged
or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are
indistinguishable from original work.
3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, traffic grade.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic
surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete.
b. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and
windows.
2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, Class 100/50.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
C. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic
surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated.
c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of walls and partitions.
d. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors
and windows.
2. Joint Sealant: Latex.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
END OF SECTION 07.92.00
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 08.11.13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes hollow-metal work.
1. Bridge Street: Replace existing rear and front doors. Replace exterior existing
utility closet doors.
2. Jessie’s House: No door replacement.
3. Tobin Manor: Replace existing exterior door and vestibule door.
B. Related Requirements:
1.
2. Section 08.71.00 "Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow-metal doors.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to
NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time
for installation.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Include the following:
1. Elevations of each door type.
2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal
thicknesses.
3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal
thicknesses.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware.
5. Details of each different wall opening condition.
6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections.
7. Details of accessories.
8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing.
9. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during
transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.
1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units.
B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack
welded to jambs and mullions.
C. Store hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on
minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each
stacked door to permit air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company.
2. Mesker Door Inc.
3. Pioneer Industries, Inc.
4. Republic Doors and Frames.
5. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow-metal work from single source from single
manufacturer.
2.2 EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Construct exterior doors and frames to comply with the standards indicated for
materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and
clearances, and as specified.
B. Insulated Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. At locations indicated
in the Door and Frame Schedule.
1. Basis of Design: Imperial (IU) Urethane Core Door with Series SQT/SRT
Thermal Break Frames, Ceco Door Products.
2. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches
c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, with
minimum A40 coating.
d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard polyurethane core.
f. Thermal performance: R-11.
4. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch,
with minimum A40 coating.
b. Construction: Knocked down.
c. Thermal performance: Themally broken frame.
5. Exposed Finish: Prime.
C. Un-Insulated Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 1. At locations
indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
1. Basis of Design: Omega (OI) Honeycomb Core Door with Series SQ/SR/SU
Frames, Ceco Door Products.
2. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4.
3. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches
c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.032 inch, with
minimum A40 coating.
d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard honeycomb core.
4. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch,
with minimum A40 coating.
b. Construction: Knocked down.
5. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.3 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
1. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less
than 0.042 inch thick.
B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042
inch, and as follows:
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive
fasteners.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B;
suitable for exposed applications.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating
designation; mill phosphatized.
1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according
to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
D. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for
application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other
accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated.
E. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured
according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
F. Glazing: Provide factory installed 5/8” tempered insulated glass with low e coatings
and argon filled cavities. U value of .25 at center of glass, SHGC of .37.
G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film
thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers,
sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately
form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness.
Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper
assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory
assembled before shipment.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors:
1. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Provide beveled or square edges at
manufacturer's discretion.
2. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same
material as face sheets.
3. Bottom Edge Closures: Close bottom edges of doors where required for
attachment of weather stripping with end closures or channels of same material
as face sheets.
4. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to
permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water
penetration.
C. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or
handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of
same thickness metal as frames.
1. Sidelight Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or
joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at
crossings and to jambs by butt welding.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed
fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds
per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or
countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs.
4. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and
bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as
follows:
1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.
2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.
3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high.
4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each
24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high.
5. Head Anchors: Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and
mounted in metal-stud partitions.
6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door
silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.
a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door
silencers.
b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and edge channels from either cold- or hot-rolled steel
sheet.
E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated
mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping
according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-
mounted door hardware.
2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for
preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware.
F. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers
where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline
joints.
1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of
hollow-metal work.
2. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior
doors and frames.
3. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work.
4. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and
installation types indicated.
2.6 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free
primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged
exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations
before frame installation.
C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to
performance of the Work.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by
grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and
invisible on exposed faces.
B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-
mounted door hardware.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely
fastened in place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames of size and profile indicated.
Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by standards specified.
1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove
temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling
limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint
continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible
on exposed faces.
b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.
c. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
d. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have
been properly set and secured.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 6
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
e. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim
as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
f. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with
grout containing antifreezing agents.
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to
floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.
a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of
postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop
Drawings.
3. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness,
alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line
90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal
line parallel to plane of wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of
jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.
C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances
specified below. Shim as necessary.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors:
a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32
inch.
b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32
inch.
c. At Bottom of Door: 3/4 inch 5/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch.
d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32
inch.
D. Glazing: Comply with hollow-metal manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced
uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each
corner.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before
final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and
replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or
otherwise unacceptable.
B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after
installation.
C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged
areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 7
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08.11.13 - 8
END OF SECTION 08.11.13
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 08.39.00 - ALUMINUM SCREEN DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Heavy duty welded aluminum security screen doors.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware"
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of frame and edge construction,
screening, and trim for openings.
B. Shop Drawings: For aluminum-framed systems. Include plans, elevations, sections,
details, and attachments to other work.
1. Include details of provisions for system expansion and contraction and for
drainage of moisture in the system to the exterior.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: Full or reduced size sample showing door and frame
construction, screening and security panels, hardware and finishes.
D. Welding certificates.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain doors through one source from a single manufacturer.
B. Quality Standard: Comply with Screen Manufacturers Association (SMA) 6001 and
ASTM F-476.
C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.2,
"Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
ALUMINUM SCREEN DOORS 08.39.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons cardboard cartons and
wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting.
C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace components of aluminum-framed systems that do not comply with
requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.
c. Failure of operating components.
2. Warranty Period for Door: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
3. Warranty Period for Frame: Lifetime warranty.
B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees
to repair or replace components on which finishes do not comply with requirements or
that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranty does
not include normal weathering.
1. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
listed below by Kane Manufacturing Corporation, Kane, PA; Hampton Door Company,
Westfield, MA; Lansing Housing Products, or a comparable approved product:
B. Aluminum Screen Doors:
1. Level 6 – Aluminum HD Security Screen Door:
a. Aluminum door with 2 (two) kick panels and 1 (one) security screen panel
and provided with optional flush mount sub-framing system, as indicated.
No glazed storm panels.
b. Rating: SMA Heavy Duty, 120 pound sag test, and ASTM F146 grade 30
kick panel.
c. Door Construction: Main frame and mullions: 0.060-inch thick aluminum
extrusions, outside dimensions 2-1/2 inch face by 1-1/4 inch minimum door
thickness.
d. Security Screen Panel: 12 x 12 mesh, 0.028 diameter stainless steel wire.
ALUMINUM SCREEN DOORS 08.39.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
e. Hardware: Provided by screen door manufacturer: latch kit, heavy-duty
pitcher type exterior handle with anti-lockout feature, heavy-duty door
closer and safety chain.
f. Hinges: minimum four built-in type concealed hinges of not less than 4
inches in length with brass bushings.
g. Kick Panels (each side): Heavy-duty stucco (embossed and corrugated)
aluminum sheet not less than 0.040 inches thick before embossing,
fastened to the main frame with tension angled screws. Kick panels shall
be bent at 90 degree angles on the two longest sides and held in grooves
with the retainer lock bar.
h. Door, Frame and Hardware: Pre-hung and factory assembled.
i.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: 6063-T5 alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use
and finish indicated.
2.3 FINISHES
A. Polyester or polyurethane powder coating: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to
exposed metal surfaces to comply with AAMA 603.8 and with coating and resin
manufacturers' written instructions.
1. Color and Gloss: White.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and existing door frames before hanging doors.
1. Verify that screen doors and openings comply with indicated requirements for
type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level
heads and plumb jambs.
2. Reject doors with defects.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written
instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
ALUMINUM SCREEN DOORS 08.39.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
ALUMINUM SCREEN DOORS 08.39.00 - 4
B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements.
Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no
evidence of repair or refinishing.
END OF SECTION 08.39.00
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 08.53.13 - VINYL WINDOWS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes vinyl-framed windows.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01.73.10 Selective Demolition for removal of existing windows.
B. Section 06.10.53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry for preparation of existing window
openings.
C. Section 06.20.13 Exterior Finish Carpentry for provision of miscellaneous exterior trim
at new windows.
D. Section 06.20.23 Interior Finish Carpentry for provision of miscellaneous interior trim at
new windows.
E. Section 07.62.00 Sheet Metal Flashings and Trim for requirements for flashing systems
provided and installed as work of this Section.
F. Section 07.92.00 Joint Sealants for requirements for joint sealants provided and
installed as work of this Section.
G. Section 09.91.23 for painting of miscellaneous new interior trim.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials,
Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and
avoid delays.
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2. Review, discuss, and coordinate the interrelationship of vinyl windows with other
exterior wall components. Include provisions for anchoring, flashing, weeping,
sealants, and protecting finishes.
3. Review and discuss the sequence of work required to construct a watertight and
weathertight exterior building envelope.
4. Inspect and discuss the condition of substrate and other preparatory work
performed by other trades.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, glazing and fabrication
methods, dimensions of individual components and profiles, hardware, and
finishes for vinyl windows.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, hardware, accessories, insect
screens, operational clearances, and details of installation, including anchor, flashing,
and sealant installation.
C. Samples: For each exposed product, 2 by 4 inches in size.
D. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.
1. Include similar Samples of hardware and accessories involving color selection.
E. Samples for Verification: For vinyl windows and components required, prepared on
Samples of size indicated below:
1. Exposed Finishes: 2 by 4 inches.
2. Exposed Hardware: Full-size units.
F. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer.
B. Product Test Reports: For each type of vinyl window, for tests performed by a qualified
testing agency.
C. Field quality-control reports.
D. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's warranties.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating vinyl windows that
meet or exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this
performance by test reports and calculations.
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to vinyl window manufacturer for
installation of units required for this Project.
C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace vinyl windows that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Failure to meet performance requirements.
b. Structural failures including excessive deflection, water leakage, and air
infiltration.
c. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware.
d. Deterioration of materials and finishes beyond normal weathering.
e. Failure of insulating glass.
2. Warranty Period:
a. Window: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
b. Glazing Units: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide National
Vinyl LLC, Northwind III or comparable product by one of the following:
1. CertainTeed Corporation.
2. Harvey Building Products
3. Lockheed Window Corporation
4. Mercury Excelum Incorporated
5. Paradigm Windows
6. Serious Materials Inc.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain vinyl windows from single source from single manufacturer.
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.2 WINDOW PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for definitions and
minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and
fabrication unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
1. Window Certification: WDMA certified with label attached to each window.
B. Performance Class and Grade: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 as follows:
1. Minimum Performance Class: R.
2. Minimum Performance Grade: 40.
C. Thermal Transmittance: NFRC 100 maximum whole-window U-factor of 0.27 Btu/sq.
ft. x h x deg F for double hung windows and .22 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F for projected
windows.
D. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient (SHGC): NFRC 200 maximum whole-window SHGC of
0.28 for double hung windows and 0.31 for projected windows.
E. Sound Transmission Class (STC): Rated for not less than 25 STC when tested for
laboratory sound transmission loss according to ASTM E 90 and determined by
ASTM E 413.
F. Outside-Inside Transmission Class (OITC): Rated for not less than 20 OITC when
tested for laboratory sound transmission loss according to ASTM E 90 and determined
by ASTM E 1332.
2.3 VINYL WINDOWS
A. Operating Types: Provide the following operating types in locations indicated on
Drawings:
1. Double hung.
B. Frames and Sashes: Impact-resistant, UV-stabilized PVC complying with
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440.
1. Finish: Integral color, white.
2. Vinyl extrusion thickness: .065” minimum.
C. Glass: Clear annealed glass, ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1, q3.
1. Kind: Fully tempered where indicated on Drawings.
D. Insulating-Glass Units: ASTM E 2190, certified through IGCC as complying with
requirements of IGCC.
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1. Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1, q3.
a. Tint: Clear.
b. Kind: Fully tempered where indicated on Drawings.
2. Lites: Two.
3. Total Assembly Thickness: 7/8”.
4. Filling: Fill space between glass lites with argon.
5. Low-E Coating: Soft Coat Low E on second surface.
E. Glazing System: Manufacturer's standard factory-glazing system that produces
weathertight seal. Provide warm edge spacer in white.
F. Hardware, General: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from
aluminum, stainless steel, carbon steel complying with AAMA 907, or other corrosion-
resistant material compatible with adjacent materials; designed to smoothly operate,
tightly close, and securely lock windows, and sized to accommodate sash weight and
dimensions.
1. Exposed Hardware Color and Finish: White.
G. Hung Window Hardware:
1. Counterbalancing Mechanism: Complying with AAMA 902-07, Class 2,
concealed, of size and capacity to hold sash stationary at any open position.
Provide block and tackle balance system that allows for tilt operation.
2. Locks and Latches: Allow unobstructed movement of the sash across adjacent
sash in direction indicated and operated from the inside only. Provide custodial
locks.
3. Tilt Hardware: Releasing tilt latch allows sash to pivot about horizontal axis to
facilitate cleaning exterior surfaces from the interior.
4. Provide two night latches per sash.
H. Foam Inserts: At gaps created in existing construction, provide low density polyether
urethane foam with a U Value of 3.8 per inch of thickness. Provide Lamateck ET
Series foam, or approved equal.
I. Extensions: Provide clear pine extensions in thicknesses and widths as required to
adjust to the existing conditions.
J. Joint Sealants: Refer to Section 07.92.00 Joint Sealants for product requirements.
K. Fasteners: Noncorrosive and compatible with window members, trim, hardware,
anchors, and other components.
1. Exposed Fasteners: Do not use exposed fasteners to the greatest extent
possible. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish hardware
being fastened.
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.4 INSECT SCREENS
A. General: Fabricate insect screens to fully integrate with window frame. Provide screen
for each operable exterior sash.
1. Type and Location: Half, outside, for single-hung sashes. Full, outside, for
casement windows.
B. Aluminum Frames: Manufacturer's standard aluminum alloy complying with SMA 1004
or SMA 1201. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped joints or corner extrusions,
concealed fasteners, and removable PVC spline/anchor concealing edge of frame.
1. Tubular Framing Sections and Cross Braces: Roll formed from aluminum sheet.
2. Finish for Exterior Screens: Baked-on organic coating in color selected by
Architect from manufacturer's full range Matching color and finish of cladding
Insert finish.
C. Glass-Fiber Mesh Fabric: 20-by-30 mesh of PVC-coated, glass-fiber threads; woven
and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch, impact
damage, and weather deterioration. Comply with ASTM D 3656.
1. Mesh Color: Charcoal.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate vinyl windows in sizes indicated. Include a complete system for assembling
components and anchoring windows.
B. Glaze vinyl windows in the factory.
C. Weather strip each operable sash to provide weathertight installation.
D. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates, compatible with window units, complete
with anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection
tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and
building deflections. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design
wind loads of window units. Provide manufacturer's standard finish to match window
units.
E. Hardware: Mount hardware through double walls of vinyl extrusions or provide
corrosion-resistant reinforcement.
F. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work in the
factory to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for
shipment and installation. Allow for scribing, trimming, and fitting at Project site.
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 6
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with
Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Verify rough opening dimensions, levelness of sill plate, and operational clearances.
C. Examine wall flashings, vapor retarders, water and weather barriers, and other built-in
components to ensure weathertight window installation.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware,
accessories, and other components. For installation procedures and requirements not
addressed in manufacturer's written instructions, comply with installation requirements
in ASTM E 2112.
B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion, anchored securely
in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent
construction to produce weathertight construction.
C. Provide joint sealants in locations as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with
the technical requirements of Section 07.92.00 Joint Sealants.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Owner reserves the right to engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections.
1. Testing and inspecting agency will interpret tests and state in each report
whether tested work complies with or deviates from requirements.
B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of installed windows shall take place as
follows:
1. Testing Methodology: Testing of windows for air infiltration and water resistance
shall be performed according to AAMA 502.
2. Air-Infiltration Testing:
a. Test Pressure: That required to determine compliance with
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 performance class indicated.
b. Allowable Air-Leakage Rate: 1.5 Insert number times the applicable
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 rate for product type and performance
class rounded down to one decimal place.
3. Water-Resistance Testing:
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 7
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
VINYL WINDOWS 08.53.13 - 8
a. Test Pressure: Two-thirds Insert number times test pressure required to
determine compliance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440
performance grade indicated.
b. Allowable Water Infiltration: No water penetration.
4. Testing Extent: Three Three mockup Insert number or description windows of
each type as selected by Architect and a qualified independent testing and
inspecting agency. Windows shall be tested after perimeter sealants have cured.
5. Test Reports: Prepared according to AAMA 502.
C. Remove and replace noncomplying windows and retest as specified above.
D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.4 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adjust operating sashes and hardware for a tight fit at contact points and weather
stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure.
B. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Remove excess
sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.
1. Keep protective films and coverings in place until final cleaning.
C. Remove and replace sashes if glass has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or
damaged during construction period.
D. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from
construction operations. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces,
remove contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 08.53.13
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 08.71.00 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Mechanical door hardware for the following:
a. Swinging doors.
2. Electrified door hardware.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 081113 "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for thresholds and door
silencers provided as part of hollow-metal frames.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction and installation
details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and
finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following:
1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring and including the
following:
a. Details of interface of electrified door hardware and building safety and
security systems.
b. Schematic diagram of systems that interface with electrified door hardware.
c. Point-to-point wiring.
d. Risers.
e. Elevations doors controlled by electrified door hardware.
2. Operation Narrative: Describe the operation of doors controlled by electrified
door hardware.
C. Other Action Submittals:
1. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer,
detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as installation
procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final door hardware schedule with doors,
frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and
finish of door hardware.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
a. Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with
submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate
submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of
other work to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in Project
construction schedule.
b. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's
"Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." Double space entries,
and number and date each page.
c. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door
numbers as in the Contract Documents.
d. Content: Include the following information:
1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of
each door and frame.
2) Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings
on floor plans and to door and frame schedule.
3) Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type,
style, function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door
hardware product.
4) Description of electrified door hardware sequences of operation and
interfaces with other building control systems.
5) Fastenings and other pertinent information.
6) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in
schedule.
7) Mounting locations for door hardware.
8) List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door
and frame.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and
approved by product manufacturers and an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is
available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and
Owner about door hardware and keying.
1. Warehousing Facilities: In Project's vicinity.
2. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules.
3. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware,
including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of
manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this
Project.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from a single manufacturer.
1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door
hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical
modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable.
C. Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
D. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch.
Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.
E. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route,
comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-
ABA Accessibility Guidelines, ICC/ANSI A117.1, HUD's "Fair Housing Accessibility
Guidelines", and Massachusetts Architectural Access Board Regulations.
1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting
of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf.
2. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:
a. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door.
b. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not
more than 1/2 inch high.
4. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 70 degrees,
the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch,
measured to the leading edge of the door.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware
delivered to Project site.
B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with the final door
hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary
fasteners with each item or package.
C. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be
factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate
provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated
requirements.
B. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with
Owner.
C. Electrical System Roughing-In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door
hardware with connections to power supplies and building safety and security systems.
D. Existing Openings: Where hardware components are scheduled for application to
existing construction or where modifications to existing door hardware are required,
field verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit
opening conditions and to provide proper door operation.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. Provide door hardware for each door as scheduled in Part 3 "Door Hardware
Schedule" Article to comply with requirements in this Section.
1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and
products equivalent in function and comparable in quality to named products.
2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of
operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.
B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other
distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door
Hardware Schedule" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware
designations, as follows:
1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are
listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing
minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door
Hardware Schedule" Article.
2. References to BHMA Designations: Provide products complying with these
designations and requirements for description, quality, and function.
2.2 HINGES
A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on
hollow-metal doors and hollow-metal frames.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on the schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
b. Bommer Industries, Inc.
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
d. Hager Companies.
e. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
f. Lawrence Hardware Inc.
g. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
h. PBB, Inc.
i. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works.
2.3 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule.
B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled
fire doors, and as follows:
1. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch latchbolt throw.
2. Deadbolts: Minimum 1.25-inch bolt throw.
C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
D. Lock Trim:
1. Description: To match existing.
2. Levers: Cast.
3. Knobs: Cast.
4. Escutcheons (Roses): Cast.
5. Operating Device: Lever with escutcheons (roses).
E. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt
complying with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box
and curved lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch.
1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as
recommended by manufacturer.
2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim.
F. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13; Security Grade 1; stamped steel case with steel or
brass parts; Series 1000.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co.
b. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
d. Best Access Systems; Div. of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
e. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
f. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
h. Marks USA.
i. PDQ Manufacturing.
j. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
k. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
l. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
2.4 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS
A. Electromechanical Locks: BHMA A156.25; Grade 1; motor or solenoid driven; mortise
deadlocking latchbolt; with strike that suits frame.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Best Access Systems; Div. of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
b. Brink, R. R., Locking Systems, Inc.
c. DynaLock Corp.
d. Marks USA.
e. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp.
f. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
h. Security Door Controls.
i. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.5 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS
A. Exit Devices and Auxiliary Items: BHMA A156.3.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on the schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
d. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Detex Corporation.
f. Door Controls International, Inc.
g. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North
America.
h. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
i. K2 Commercial Hardware; a Black & Decker Corp. company.
j. Monarch Exit Devices & Panic Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
k. Precision Hardware, Inc.; Division of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
l. Rutherford Controls Int’l. Corp.
m. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
n. Von Duprin; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
o. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
2.6 LOCK CYLINDERS
A. Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or
nickel silver.
1. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locking devices.
B. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5; Grade 1; permanent cores that are
interchangeable; face finished to match lockset.
2.7 KEYING
A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28,
Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference.
1. Existing System:
a. Master key or grand master key locks to Owner’s existing system.
b. Re-key Owner’s existing master key system into new keying system.
2. Keyed Alike: Key all cylinders to same change key.
B. Keys: Nickel silver.
1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and
include the following notation:
a. Notation: “DO NOT DUPLICATE.”
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 6
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.8 OPERATING TRIM
A. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6; satin brass, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
b. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
c. Forms + Surfaces.
d. Hager Companies.
e. Hiawatha, Inc.
f. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
g. Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
h. Trimco.
2.9 SURFACE CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep
and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm.
Comply with manufacturer’s written recommendations for size of door closers
depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use.
Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for
opening force.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North
America.
d. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
e. K2 Commercial Hardware; a Black & Decker Corp. company.
f. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
g. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
h. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
i. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
j. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
2.10 ELECTROMAGNETIC STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Electromagnetic Door Holders: BHMA A156.15, Grade 1; wall-mounted
electromagnetic single unit with strike plate attached to swinging door; coordinated with
fire detectors and interface with fire alarm system for labeled fire-rated door
assemblies.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 7
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
b. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North
America.
c. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
2.11 DOOR GASKETING
A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; air leakage not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack
length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283;
with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily available from
stocks maintained by manufacturer.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. M-D Building Products, Inc.
c. National Guard Products.
d. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Reese Enterprises, Inc.
f. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated.
g. Zero International.
2.12 THRESHOLDS
A. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. M-D Building Products, Inc.
c. National Guard Products.
d. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Reese Enterprises, Inc.
f. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated.
h. Zero International.
2.13 METAL PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; fabricated from 0.050-inch- thick satin
brass; with manufacturer’s standard machine or self-tapping screw fasteners.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 8
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
c. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
d. Hiawatha, Inc.
e. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems, Inc.; Div. of InPro Corporation.
f. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
g. Pawling Corporation.
h. Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
i. Trimco.
2.14 FABRICATION
A. Manufacturer’s Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer’s name or
trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire-rated
labels and as otherwise approved by Architect.
1. Manufacturer’s identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.
B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal indicated, fabricated by
forming method indicated, using manufacturer’s standard metal alloy, composition,
temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of
specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18.
C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates
prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with
commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum
fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to
match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is
closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use
through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed
unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where
through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves
for each through bolt.
2. Fire-Rated Applications:
a. Wood or Machine Screws: For the following:
1) Hinges mortised to doors or frames.
2) Strike plates to frames.
3) Closers to doors and frames.
b. Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided:
1) Surface hinges to doors.
2) Closers to doors and frames.
3) Surface-mounted exit devices.
3. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors.
4. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements in DHI WDHS.2,
“Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors.”
5. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications
and elsewhere as indicated.
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 9
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.15 FINISHES
A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware
schedule.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces
are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples.
Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance
of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples
and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor
construction, and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring
connections before electrified door hardware installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and
frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6.
B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI WDHS.5 “Recommended Hardware Reinforcement
Locations for Mineral Core Wood Flush Doors.”
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following
unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8.
2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831.
3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, “Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Wood Flush Doors.”
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions.
Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 10
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and
reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing. Do not install surface-
mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce
attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners.
Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not
fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one
hinge for every 30 inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other
equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided.
D. Intermediate Offset Pivots: Where offset pivots are indicated, provide intermediate
offset pivots in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than one
intermediate offset pivot per door and one additional intermediate offset pivot for every
30 inches of door height greater than 90 inches.
E. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during
construction period.
1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner.
2. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.
F. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of
sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 079200 “Joint Sealants.”
G. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in
door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.
H. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.
I. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is
closed.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each
door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be
adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final
operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced
accessibility requirements.
1. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly
engage lock bolt.
2. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three months after date of Substantial
Completion, Installer’s Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 11
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to
ensure function of doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes.
Refer to Section 01.79.00 “Demonstration and Training.”
3.7 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Door Hardware Set No. 1
Location: Jessie’s House – Front Door (Prime) to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 set Continuous hinges Stanley 657 Satin Brass 696
1 Lockset Arrow ML13 with IC
Core, 2 ¾”
back set
28D
1 Closer Corbin Russwin DC8200 Satin Brass 696
1 Threshold By door mfr
1 Automatic door
bottom
Pemko 412PKL Satin Brass 696
1 set Weatherstripping Pemko 2815M Satin Brass 696
2 Peepholes Stanley 803968 Brass
1 Kickplate Baldwin 18” high x 2” lwd Satin Brass 696
Door Hardware Set No. 2
Location: Jessie’s House – Front Door (Screen) to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 Continuous
hinges
By screen door
manufacturer
Baked enamel white
1 Lockset By screen door
manufacturer
Lever
handled
Satin Brass 696
2 Closers By screen door Baked enamel white
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 12
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
manufacturer
1 Hurricane chain By screen door
manufacturer
Factory
Door Hardware Set No. 3
Location: Jessie’s House – Rear Door (Screen) to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 Continuous
hinges
By screen door
manufacturer
Baked enamel white
1 Lockset By screen door
manufacturer
Lever
handled
Satin Brass 696
2 Closers By screen door
manufacturer
Baked enamel white
1 Hurricane chain By screen door
manufacturer
Factory
Door Hardware Set No. 4
Location: Bridge Street – Rear Door (Prime) to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 Continuous
hinges
Stanley 657 Satin Brass 696
1 Exit device Corbin Russwin ED5000 series Satin Brass 696
1 Closer Corbin Russwin DC8200 Satin Brass 696
1 Lockset Arrow ML13 with IC Core, 2
¾” back set
28D
1 Threshold By door manufacturer
1 Automatic sweep Pemko 412PKL Satin Brass 696
1 set Weatherstripping Pemko 2815M Satin Brass 696
2 Peepholes Stanley 803968 Brass
1 Kickplate Baldwin 18” high x 2” lwd Satin Brass 696
Door Hardware Set No. 5
Location: Bridge Street – Rear Door (Screen) to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 Continuous
hinges
By screen door
manufacturer
Baked enamel white
1 Lockset By screen door
manufacturer
Lever
handled
Satin Brass 696
2 Closers By screen door
manufacturer
Baked enamel white
1 Hurricane chain By screen door
manufacturer
Factory
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 13
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
Door Hardware Set No. 6
Location: Bridge Street – Front Door (Prime) to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 Continuous
hinges
Stanley 657 Satin Brass 696
1 Exit device Corbin Russwin ED5000 series Satin Brass 696
1 Lockset Corbin Russwin ML20903 Satin Brass 696
1 Closer Corbin Russwin DC8200 Satin Brass 696
1 Threshold By door manufacturer
1 Automatic sweep Pemko 412_PKL Satin Brass 696
1 set Weatherstripping Pemko 2815_M Satin Brass 696
2 Peepholes Stanley 803968 Brass
1 Kickplate Baldwin 18” high x 2” lwd Satin Brass 696
Door Hardware Set No. 7
Location: Bridge Street – Meter Doors to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 ½ pair Hinges By door manufacturer 4 ½” high, standard
weight
Painted steel
1 Lockset Corbin Russwin DL221 606
Door Hardware Set No. 8
Location: Tobin – Interior Vestibule Door to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 Continuous
hinges
Stanley 657 Satin Brass 696
1 Exit device Von Duprin 99NL-US10-48 with
990 NL Trim
Bronze finish
1 Door opener Reinstall existing
1 Automatic sweep Pemko 412_PKL Satin Brass 696
1 set Weatherstripping Pemko 2815_M Clear anodized
aluminum
2 Kickplates Baldwin 18” high x 1” lwd Satin Brass 696
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 14
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
DOOR HARDWARE 08.71.00 - 15
Door Hardware Set No. 9
Location: Tobin – Exterior Vestibule Door to have the following:
Qty. Item Manufacturer Product Finish
1 Continuous
hinges
Stanley 657 Satin Brass 696
2 Push Plate Baldwin 4” wide x 12” long Satin Brass 696
1 Pull Handle Baldwin 8” long Satin Brass 696
1 Door opener Reinstall existing
1 Threshold By door manufacturer
1 Automatic sweep Pemko 412PKL Satin Brass 696
1 set Weatherstripping Pemko 2815M Satin Brass 696
1 Kickplate Baldwin 18” high x 1” lwd Satin Brass 696
END OF SECTION 08.71.00
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 09.29.00 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior gypsum board.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather,
condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of
damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent
sagging.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board
manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and
conditioned.
C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are
mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited
to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
GYPSUM BOARD 09.29.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.1 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each
area and that correspond with support system indicated.
2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. American Gypsum.
2. CertainTeed Corp.
3. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.
4. Lafarge North America Inc.
5. National Gypsum Company.
6. PABCO Gypsum.
7. Temple-Inland.
8. USG Corporation.
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or
paper-faced galvanized steel sheet.
2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead.
b. Bullnose bead.
c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.
2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface
areas, use setting-type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints,
fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim
accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
GYPSUM BOARD 09.29.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards
and manufacturer's written recommendations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, with
Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
performance.
B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged,
and mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with ASTM C 840.
B. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and
ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into
place.
C. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where
intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints.
Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on
opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of
framed openings.
D. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner
construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension
lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members
or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.
3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:
1. Wallboard Type: As indicated on Drawings.
B. Single-Layer Application:
1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing)
unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and
minimize end joints.
GYPSUM BOARD 09.29.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate
courses of panels.
2. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same
fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:
1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated.
2. Bullnose Bead: Use at outside corners.
3. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
4. L-Bead: Use where indicated.
3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints,
penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare
gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from
adjacent surfaces.
B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically
indicated as not intended to receive tape.
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to
ASTM C 840:
1. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise
indicated Insert locations.
a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09.91.23
"Interior Painting."
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and
other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged
during drywall application.
B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight,
construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited
to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
GYPSUM BOARD 09.29.00 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
GYPSUM BOARD 09.29.00 - 5
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 09.29.00
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 09.65.19 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Vinyl composition floor tile repairs and patching at Tobin Manor and Bridge
Street.
2. Walk off mats at Tobin Manor and Bridge Street.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: Full-size units of each color and pattern of floor tile and walk off mat
required.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For each type of floor tile and walk off mat to include in
maintenance manuals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project who
are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor tile installation.
1. Engage an installer who employs workers for this Project who are trained or
certified by floor tile manufacturer for installation techniques required.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store floor tile and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with
ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not
less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store floor tiles on flat surfaces.
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09.65.19 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not
less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the
following time periods:
1. 48 hours before installation.
2. During installation.
3. 48 hours after installation.
B. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation.
C. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation.
D. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
completed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For resilient tile flooring, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing
agency.
1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.
2.2 VINYL COMPOSITION FLOOR TILE
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. AB; American Biltrite.
2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
3. Congoleum Corporation.
4. Mannington Mills, Inc.
B. Tile Standard: ASTM F 1066, Class 2, through-pattern tile.
C. Wearing Surface: Smooth.
D. Thickness: 0.125 inch.
E. Size: 12 by 12 inches.
F. Colors and Patterns: Match existing.
2.3 CARPET TILE
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09.65.19 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. General requirements: Carpet tiles, shall conform with or pass tests of the following
standards:
1. ASTM D-2859 (Methenamine Reagent Pill Test).
2. ASTM E-648 (Flooring Radiant Panel Test): Class I (Minimum Average CRF of 0.48).
3. NBS Smoke Chamber Test: Maximum average of 450.
4. AATCC-134 (Electrostatic Propensity): Maximum electrostatic generation below level of
human sensitivity.
B. Walk-off mat: Tandus Flooring, Dalton, GA. Pattern “StepUp Modular” modular carpet,
size: 24 by 24 inches (60.9 by 60.9 cm).
2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement
based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by floor
tile manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by floor tile and adhesive
manufacturers to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated.
C. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor-polish products recommended by floor tile
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements
specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges,
depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of
floor tile.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure
adhesion of resilient products.
B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.
1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and
hardeners.
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09.65.19 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with
adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods
recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile
manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within
range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5
or more than 9 pH.
4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing
according to floor tile manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less
stringent than the following:
a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869.
Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-
vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours.
b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to
ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a
maximum 75 percent relative humidity level.
C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching
compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
D. Do not install floor tiles until they are the same temperature as the space where they
are to be installed.
1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and
installation materials into spaces where they will be installed.
E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by
resilient floor tile.
3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile.
B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor
offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to
avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter.
1. Lay tiles to match existing.
C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same
sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked,
chipped, or deformed tiles.
D. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and
permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames.
E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend
floor tiles to center of door openings.
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09.65.19 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09.65.19 - 5
F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future
cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other
nonpermanent marking device.
G. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to
substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and
puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface
imperfections.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting floor tile.
B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation:
1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.
2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.
3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.
C. Protect floor tile from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction
operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction
period.
D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from floor tile surfaces before
applying liquid floor polish.
1. Apply three coat(s).
E. Joint Sealant: Apply sealant to resilient terrazzo floor tile perimeter and around
columns, at door frames, and at other joints and penetrations.
F. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 09.65.19
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 09.91.13 - EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the
following exterior substrates:
1. Steel.
2. Wood.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 09.91.23 "Interior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of
paint systems on interior substrates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
B. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
C. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
D. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and
application instructions.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with
ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air
temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85
percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet
surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Behr Process Corporation.
2. Benjamin Moore & Co.
3. California Paints.
4. Duron, Inc.
5. ICI Paints.
6. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
7. Pratt & Lambert.
8. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in other Part 2
articles for the paint category indicated.
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one
another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by
manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.3 WOOD PRIMERS
A. Primer, Alkyd for Exterior Wood:
2.4 WATER-BASED PAINTS
A. Latex, Exterior Flat (Gloss Level 1):
B. Latex, Exterior Low Sheen (Gloss Level 3-4): MPI #15.
C. Latex, Exterior Semi-Gloss (Gloss Level 5):
2.5 SOLVENT-BASED PAINTS
A. Alkyd, Exterior Flat (Gloss Level 1):
B. Alkyd, Exterior, Semi-Gloss (Gloss Level 5):
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint
materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when
samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site,
samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and
certified by testing agency.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials
being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove
noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint
surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove
rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with
complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic
moisture meter as follows:
1. Wood: 15 percent.
C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with
existing finishes and primers.
D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual"
applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are
removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because
of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation
and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or
apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using
methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer, but not less than the
following:
1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded
areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop
priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.
F. Wood Substrates:
1. Scrape and clean knots. Before applying primer, apply coat of knot sealer
recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system
indicated.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.
3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.
4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or
plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in
"MPI Manual."
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before
final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat
only.
3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of
exterior door frames.
4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes.
5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory
primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until
cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in
sharp lines and color breaks.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.
1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with
paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing
and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies
with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded
materials from Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints
by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished
surfaces.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 6
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to
work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by
Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged
or defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Steel Substrates:
1. Alkyd System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anticorrosive for metal.
b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Alkyd, exterior, semi-gloss (Gloss Level 5).
B. Wood Substrates:
1. Latex over Alkyd Primer System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd for exterior wood.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (Gloss Level 3-4).
END OF SECTION 09.91.13
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 09.91.23 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the
following interior substrates:
1. Steel.
2. Wood.
3. Gypsum board.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 09.91.13 "Exterior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of
paint systems on exterior substrates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and
application instructions.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with
ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air
temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less
than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Behr Process Corporation.
2. Benjamin Moore & Co.
3. California Paints.
4. Duron, Inc.
5. ICI Paints.
6. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
7. Pratt & Lambert.
8. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in other Part 2
articles for the paint category indicated.
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one
another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by
manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
B. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.3 PRIMERS/SEALERS
A. Primer Sealer, Interior, Institutional Low Odor/VOC:
B. Primer Sealer, Alkyd, Interior:
C. Wood-Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in
paint systems indicated.
2.4 METAL PRIMERS
A. Primer, Alkyd, Anti-Corrosive, for Metal:
B. Primer, Alkyd, Quick Dry, for Metal:
2.5 WATER-BASED PAINTS
A. Latex, Interior, Flat, (Gloss Level 1):
B. Latex, Interior, (Gloss Level 2):
C. Latex, Interior, (Gloss Level 3):
D. Latex, Interior, (Gloss Level 4):
E. Latex, Interior, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, Flat (Gloss Level 1):
F. Latex, Interior, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 2):
G. Latex, Interior, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 3):
2.6 SOLVENT-BASED PAINTS
A. Alkyd, Interior, Flat (Gloss Level 1):
B. Alkyd, Interior, (Gloss Level 3):
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint
materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when
samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site,
samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and
certified by testing agency.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying coatings if test results show
materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall
remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and
repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to
remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with
complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic
moisture meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent.
3. Wood: 15 percent.
4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
5. Plaster: 12 percent.
C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.
D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with
existing finishes and primers.
E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual"
applicable to substrates indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are
removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because
of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation
and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or
apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using
methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. but not less than the
following:
1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded
areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop
priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.
F. Wood Substrates:
1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer.
2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.
3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.
4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or
plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations
in "MPI Manual."
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and
similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces.
4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory
primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until
cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in
sharp lines and color breaks.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with
paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing
and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies
with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded
materials from Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints
by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished
surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to
work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by
Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged
or defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Steel Substrates:
1. Alkyd System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal.
b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss (Gloss Level 5).
B. Wood Substrates: Including wood trim.
1. Latex over Alkyd Primer System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, alkyd, interior.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss, (Gloss Level 5).
C. Gypsum Board Substrates:
1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 3).
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 6
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 7
END OF SECTION 09.91.23
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 10.26.00 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Corner guards.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 06.20.23 "Interior Finish Carpentry" for solid surface wainscoting.
2. Section 08.71.00 "Door Hardware" for metal armor, kick, and push plates.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, impact strength,
dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each impact-
resistant wall protection unit.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by
manufacturer.
B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
impact-resistant wall protection units and are based on the specific system indicated.
Refer to Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."
1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except
with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive
explanatory data to Architect for review.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M.
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10.26.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Fasteners: Nonmagnetic stainless-steel. Use security-type fasteners where exposed
to view.
2.2 WALL GUARDS
A. Surface-Mounted, Metal Corner Guards: Fabricated from one-piece, formed or
extruded metal with formed edges; with 90- or 135-degree turn to match wall condition.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Boston Retail Products.
b. Construction Specialties, Inc.
c. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems; Division of InPro Corporation.
d. Korogard Wall Protection Systems; a division of RJF International
Corporation.
2. Material: Stainless steel, Type 304.
a. Thickness: Minimum 0.0625 inch (1.6 mm).
b. Finish: Directional satin, No. 4.
3. Wing Size: Nominal 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38 by 38 mm).
4. Corner Radius: 1/8 inch (3 mm).
5. Mounting: Flat-head, countersunk screws through factory-drilled mounting holes.
2.3 METAL FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
1. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.
2. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches.
3. Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece.
4. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded
foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.
B. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary
protective covering before shipping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and wall areas, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
work.
B. Examine walls to which impact-resistant wall protection will be attached for blocking,
grounds, and other solid backing that have been installed in the locations required for
secure attachment of support fasteners.
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10.26.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10.26.00 - 3
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Complete finishing operations, including painting, before installing impact-resistant wall
protection system components.
B. Before installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose particles.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install impact-resistant wall protection units level, plumb, and true to line
without distortions. Do not use materials with chips, cracks, voids, stains, or other
defects that might be visible in the finished Work.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Immediately after completion of installation, clean plastic covers and accessories using
a standard, ammonia-based, household cleaning agent.
B. Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended in writing by
manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 10.26.00
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 31.10.00 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain.
2. Removing existing vegetation.
3. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01.50.00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utility
services, construction and support facilities, security and protection facilities, and
temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures.
2. Section 01.74.19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal for waste
management of site demolition activities.
3. Section 02.41.19 "Selective Demolition" for partial demolition of buildings or
structures.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of
organic matter and soil organisms.
B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the
Project site. In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil; but in disturbed
areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or
existing in-place surface soil and is the zone where plant roots grow.
D. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or
existing in-place surface soil and is the zone where plant roots grow. Its appearance is
generally friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than
underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects
more than 2 inches in diameter; and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials,
or other nonsoil materials.
SITE CLEARING 31.10.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
E. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or
other vegetation to be protected during construction, and indicated on Drawings.
F. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be
protected during construction, and defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a
radius 1.5 times the diameter of the drip line unless otherwise indicated.
G. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants.
1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
A. Except for stripped topsoil and other materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise
remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and
shall be removed from Project site.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately showing locations of capped utilities and
other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent
occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by
Owner or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Utility Locator Service: Notify Dig Safe System for area where Project is located before
site clearing.
C. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation-
control and plant-protection measures are in place.
D. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:
1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.
2. Parking vehicles or equipment.
3. Foot traffic.
4. Erection of sheds or structures.
5. Impoundment of water.
6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless
otherwise indicated.
E. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones.
SITE CLEARING 31.10.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
F. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection
zones.
G. Soil Stripping, Handling, and Stockpiling: Perform only when the topsoil is dry or
slightly moist.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in
Section 31.20.00 "Earth Moving."
1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not
available on-site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during
construction.
B. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain. Wrap a 1-
inch blue vinyl tie tape flag around each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground.
C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to
Owner.
3.2 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be
relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by
Architect.
3.3 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and necessary to
facilitate new construction.
B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated.
1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut
along line of existing pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing
pavement. Saw-cut faces vertically.
SITE CLEARING 31.10.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SITE CLEARING 31.10.00 - 4
3.4 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials,
and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's
property.
END OF SECTION 31.10.00
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 312000 - EARTH MOVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements, and turf and grasses
.
2. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01.50.00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary controls,
utilities, and support facilities; also for temporary site fencing if not in another
Section.
2. Section 32.13.13 "Concrete Paving" for granular course if placed over vapor
retarder and beneath the slab-on-grade.
3. Section 31.10.00 "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping and
stockpiling topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and
utilities.
4. Section 32.92.00 "Turf and Grasses" for finish grading in turf and grass areas,
including preparing and placing planting soil for turf areas.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
B. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines
and dimensions indicated.
1. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized
excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without
additional compensation.
C. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
D. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs,
mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features
constructed above or below the ground surface.
EARTH MOVING 31.20.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
E. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for
hot-mix asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a
cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.
F. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill
immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials.
G. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as
underground services within buildings.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent
occupied or used facilities during earth moving operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by
Owner or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Utility Locator Service: Notify "Dig Safe System" for area where Project is located
before beginning earth moving operations.
C. Do not commence earth moving operations until temporary erosion- and
sedimentation-control measures, specified in Section 01.50.00 "Temporary Facilities
and Controls" and Section 31.10.00 "Site Clearing," are in place.
D. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:
1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.
2. Parking vehicles or equipment.
3. Foot traffic.
4. Erection of sheds or structures.
5. Impoundment of water.
6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless
otherwise indicated.
E. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones.
F. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection
zones.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are
not available from excavations.
EARTH MOVING 31.20.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM
according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel
larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and
other deleterious matter.
1. Liquid Limit: Insert value.
2. Plasticity Index: Insert value.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH,
and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent
of optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent
passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent
passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
F. Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards
created by earth moving operations.
B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth moving
operations.
C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove
temporary protection before placing subsequent materials.
3.2 DEWATERING
A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on
prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to
accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary
drainage ditches.
EARTH MOVING 31.20.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3.3 EXCAVATION, GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character
of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials
may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions.
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil
materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections,
elevations, and subgrades.
3.5 SUBGRADE INSPECTION
A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade.
B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and
replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed.
C. Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements to identify soft pockets
and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades.
1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof-rolling in
direction perpendicular to first direction.
2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or
rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as
directed.
D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated
water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional
compensation.
3.6 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom
elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top
elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be
used when approved by Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as
directed by Architect.
3.7 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
EARTH MOVING 31.20.00 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without
intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to
prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip
line of remaining trees.
3.8 SOIL FILL
A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal
so fill material will bond with existing material.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.
2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill.
4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill.
C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.9 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer
before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
contain frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material
that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to
specified dry unit weight.
3.10 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 4 inches in loose depth for
material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required
elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit
weight according to ASTM D 698:
1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact
top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at
95 percent.
2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent.
3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade
and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent.
EARTH MOVING 31.20.00 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3.11 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes.
Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and
elevations indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required
surface tolerances.
B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent
ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch.
3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.
3.12 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS
A. Place subbase course and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course and base course under pavements and
walks as follows:
1. Shape subbase course and base course to required crown elevations and cross-
slope grades.
2. Place subbase course and base course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness
in a single layer.
3. Place subbase course and base course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted
thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6
inches thick or less than 3 inches thick.
4. Compact subbase course and base course at optimum moisture content to
required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent
of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
3.13 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and
erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially
completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due
to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect;
reshape and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished
surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match
adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
EARTH MOVING 31.20.00 - 6
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
EARTH MOVING 31.20.00 - 7
3.14 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 31.20.00
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 32.13.13 - CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Walks.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07.92.00 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants in expansion and contraction
joints within concrete paving and in joints between concrete paving and asphalt
paving or adjacent construction.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of
blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, and ground granulated blast-
furnace slag.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Other Action Submittals:
1. Design Mixtures: For each concrete paving mixture. Include alternate design
mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test
results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing
ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M
requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed
Concrete Production Facilities" (Quality Control Manual - Section 3, "Plant
Certification Checklist").
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for
other construction activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMS
A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type
materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces.
B. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond
with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Epoxy-Coated Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, plain
steel.
B. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M or ASTM A 934/A 934M; with
ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars.
C. Epoxy-Coated, Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M,
Grade 60, plain-steel bars.
D. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating, compatible with epoxy
coating on reinforcement.
E. Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand,
and source throughout Project:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, gray portland cement Type I.
B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from
a single source with documented service-record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory
service in similar paving applications and service conditions using similar aggregates
and cementitious materials.
1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M.
D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
E. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions
by mass of cementitious material.
1. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
2.4 CURING MATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf,
weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry or cotton mats.
B. Water: Potable.
2.5 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber in preformed strips.
2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and
strength of normal-weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial
mixtures or field experience.
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed
concrete design mixtures for the trial batch method.
2. When automatic machine placement is used, determine design mixtures and
obtain laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements.
B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties:
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4500 psi.
2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45.
3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-
weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows:
1. Air Content: 5-1/2 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 1-1/2-inch nominal
maximum aggregate size.
2. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 1-inch nominal maximum
aggregate size.
3. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 3/4-inch nominal maximum
aggregate size.
D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by
weight of cement.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
2.7 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete
according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M. Furnish batch
certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F,
reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements
for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances.
B. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete paving to identify soft pockets and
areas of excess yielding.
1. Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction and repeat in perpendicular
direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph.
2. Proof-roll with a pneumatic-tired and loaded, 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck
weighing not less than 15 tons.
3. Correct subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth
of 1/2 inch according to requirements in Section 31.20.00 "Earth Moving."
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing
concrete.
3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to
required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of
work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from
concrete without damage.
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing,
and supporting reinforcement.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing
materials.
C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in
position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
D. Install welded wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining
pieces at least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths
to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
E. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-
coated reinforcement. Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair
coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M.
3.5 JOINTS
A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to
line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints
at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated.
1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously
placed joints unless otherwise indicated.
B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and
at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless
paving terminates at isolation joints.
1. Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise
indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of paving strips unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated.
3. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where
indicated. Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent
concrete bonding to one side of joint.
C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete
curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, other fixed objects, and where
indicated.
1. Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet unless otherwise indicated.
2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint.
3. Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished
surface if joint sealant is indicated.
4. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not
indicated.
5. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is
required, lace or clip joint-filler sections together.
6. During concrete placement, protect top edge of joint filler with metal, plastic, or
other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been
placed on both sides of joint.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into
areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth
of the concrete thickness, as follows, to match jointing of existing adjacent concrete
paving:
1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and
finishing each edge of joint with grooving tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat
grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate grooving-
tool marks on concrete surfaces.
a. Tolerance: Ensure that grooved joints are within 3 inches either way from
centers of dowels.
E. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete
with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface
finishes. Eliminate edging-tool marks on concrete surfaces.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, steel
reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast-in.
B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and steel reinforcement before
placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.
C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed.
Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required
finish elevation and alignment.
D. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing
concrete.
E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site. Do not add water to
fresh concrete after testing.
F. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do
not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
G. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment
supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping.
1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with
an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or
side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and
consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement,
dowels and joint devices.
H. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off.
I. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open-textured and
uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 6
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or
spreading surface treatments.
J. Slip-Form Paving: Use design mixture for automatic machine placement. Produce
paving to required thickness, lines, grades, finish, and jointing.
1. Compact subbase and prepare subgrade of sufficient width to prevent
displacement of slip-form paving machine during operations.
K. Cold-Weather Placement: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced
strength that could be caused by frost, freezing, or low temperatures. Comply with
ACI 306.1 and the following:
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F,
uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of
placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents
or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design
mixtures.
L. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot-weather
conditions exist:
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F
at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to
control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount
of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not
exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
3.7 FLOAT FINISHING
A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations.
B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has
disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float
surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to
power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots.
Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture.
1. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft-bristle broom across float-
finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform, fine-
line texture.
3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or
hot temperatures.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 7
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from
concrete surface.
D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing as follows:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days
with the following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover
concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive
covers.
3.9 PAVING TOLERANCES
A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows:
1. Elevation: 3/4 inch.
2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch.
3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch.
4. Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/2
inch per 12 inches of tie bar.
5. Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Dowels: 1 inch.
6. Vertical Alignment of Dowels: 1/4 inch.
7. Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Paving Edge: 1/4
inch per 12 inches of dowel.
8. Joint Spacing: 3 inches.
9. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus.
10. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections.
B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according
to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd.
or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-
strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at
least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five
are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite
sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each composite
sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 8
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air
temperature is 40 deg F and below and when it is 80 deg F and above, and one
test for each composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one
set of three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one specimen at seven
days and two specimens at 28 days.
a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength
from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at
28 days.
C. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if average of any three
consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive
strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive
strength by more than 500 psi.
D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and
Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall
contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of
concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design
compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials,
compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.
E. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device
may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or
rejection of concrete.
F. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of
concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths,
or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect.
G. Concrete paving will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
H. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
I. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.11 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that
does not comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections
from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect.
B. Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude
of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory paving areas with
portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive.
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 9
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
CONCRETE PAVING 32.13.13 - 10
C. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days
after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as
possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material.
Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial
Completion inspections.
END OF SECTION 321313
This page intentionally blank.
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
SECTION 32.92.00 - TURF AND GRASSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Seeding.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
B. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or
mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides,
rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also includes substances or mixtures intended
for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant.
C. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage
to plants, animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and
slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria,
and viruses.
D. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been
modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for
plant growth.
E. Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete,
or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass-seed monostand or
mixture, stating the botanical and common name, percentage by weight of each
species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include
the year of production and date of packaging.
TURF AND GRASSES 32.92.00 - 1
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
B. Product Certificates: For fertilizers, from manufacturer.
C. Pesticides and Herbicides: Product label and manufacturer's application instructions
specific to Project.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
maintenance of turf during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required
maintenance periods.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened
containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and
indication of compliance with state and Federal laws, as applicable.
B. Bulk Materials:
1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and
pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants.
2. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may
be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SEED
A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Rules for
Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances.
B. Seed Species:
1. Quality: State-certified seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure.
2. Sun and Partial Shade: Proportioned by weight as follows:
a. 50 percent Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis).
b. 30 percent chewings red fescue (Festuca rubra variety).
c. 10 percent perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne).
d. 10 percent redtop (Agrostis alba).
2.2 FERTILIZERS
TURF AND GRASSES 32.92.00 - 2
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
A. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-
insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent
potassium, by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended
in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
2.3 PESTICIDES
A. General: Pesticide, registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific
problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted
pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling the
germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the
mulch layer.
C. Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed
growth that has already germinated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions
affecting installation and performance of the Work.
1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint
washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils,
gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has
been deposited in soil within a planting area.
2. Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the
moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results.
3. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a
planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace
with new planting soil.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures; utilities; sidewalks; pavements; and other facilities, trees, shrubs,
and plantings from damage caused by planting operations.
1. Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them.
TURF AND GRASSES 32.92.00 - 3
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
3.3 TURF AREA PREPARATION
A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to
the seed manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Placing Planting Soil: Blend planting soil in place.
C. Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow
surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
D. Before planting, obtain Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if
eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
3.4 SEEDING
A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when
wind velocity exceeds 5 mph.
1. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles
to each other.
2. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged.
3. Do not seed against existing trees. Limit extent of seed to outside edge of
planting saucer.
B. Sow seed at a total rate of 5 to 8 lb/1000 sq. ft..
C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of soil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray.
D. Protect seeded areas from hot, dry weather or drying winds by applying planting soil
within 24 hours after completing seeding operations. Soak areas, scatter mulch
uniformly to a thickness of 3/16 inch, and roll surface smooth.
3.5 TURF MAINTENANCE
A. General: Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing,
trimming, replanting, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy,
viable turf. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a
uniformly smooth turf. Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the
original installation.
1. Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other
processes. Replace materials and turf damaged or lost in areas of subsidence.
2. Apply treatments as required to keep turf and soil free of pests and pathogens or
disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to
minimize the use of pesticides and reduce hazards.
B. Watering: Install and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and turf-watering equipment to
convey water from sources and to keep turf uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches.
TURF AND GRASSES 32.92.00 - 4
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of
seed or mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy
or newly planted areas.
2. Water turf with fine spray at a minimum rate of 1 inch per week unless rainfall
precipitation is adequate.
C. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain
specified height without cutting more than one-third of grass height. Remove no more
than one-third of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay
mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is
wet. Schedule initial and subsequent mowings to maintain the following grass height:
1. Mow to a height of 1-1/2 to 2 inches.
D. Turf Postfertilization: Apply slow-release fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass
is dry.
1. Use fertilizer that provides actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. to turf area.
3.6 SATISFACTORY TURF
A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Architect:
1. Satisfactory Seeded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform,
close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface
irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare
spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches.
B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements, and
continue maintenance until turf is satisfactory.
3.7 PESTICIDE APPLICATION
A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according
to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written
recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in
proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed.
B. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to
treat already-germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written
recommendations.
3.8 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf work from paved areas. Clean wheels
of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved
areas.
B. Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
TURF AND GRASSES 32.92.00 - 5
Northampton Housing Authority June 7, 2013 Dietz & Company Architects, Inc.
Tobin Manor, Bridge Street, Jessie's House
TURF AND GRASSES 32.92.00 - 6
C. Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly
planted areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial
maintenance period and remove after plantings are established.
END OF SECTION 32.92.00